WO2025007992A1 - 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质 - Google Patents

处理方法、通信设备及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025007992A1
WO2025007992A1 PCT/CN2024/107657 CN2024107657W WO2025007992A1 WO 2025007992 A1 WO2025007992 A1 WO 2025007992A1 CN 2024107657 W CN2024107657 W CN 2024107657W WO 2025007992 A1 WO2025007992 A1 WO 2025007992A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
conditional
configuration
measurement
network device
switching
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/107657
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄钧蔚
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shenzhen Transsion Holdings Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shenzhen Transsion Holdings Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/CN2023/128726 external-priority patent/WO2025091283A1/zh
Priority claimed from PCT/CN2024/087055 external-priority patent/WO2025050639A1/zh
Application filed by Shenzhen Transsion Holdings Co Ltd filed Critical Shenzhen Transsion Holdings Co Ltd
Priority to CN202480063883.2A priority Critical patent/CN121970433A/zh
Publication of WO2025007992A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025007992A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a processing method, a communication device and a storage medium.
  • Conditional Handover is a technology for optimizing handover performance in wireless communication networks. Its advantage is that it can reduce unnecessary signaling overhead, improve handover success rate and reduce handover delay.
  • the random access-free conditional switching mechanism and/or the random access-free conditional LTM switching mechanism are imperfect.
  • the target base station cannot send advance data forwarding to other candidate base stations, and/or the candidate base station cannot perform dynamic scheduling without being notified.
  • the main purpose of the present application is to provide a processing method, a communication device and a storage medium, aiming to improve the mechanism of random access-free conditional switching and/or the mechanism of random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the present application provides a processing method, which can be applied to a first network device (such as a base station), comprising the steps of:
  • S2 Execute an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • fourth indication information is determined or generated and sent to the second network device, so that the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device according to the fourth indication information.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information is determined or generated by the second network device according to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device;
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • Dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication; and/or, the conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • the present application also provides a processing method, which can be applied to a terminal device (such as a mobile phone), comprising the steps of:
  • S1 Send second indication information so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes a random access preamble and/or a measurement report.
  • the network device includes a first network device and/or a second network device.
  • step S1 includes at least one of the following:
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information includes at least one of advance data forwarding indication information, time advance information and scheduling information;
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • Dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • Dynamic scheduling information is received based on the dynamic scheduling duration
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • a condition for triggering sending the second indication information is: a measurement condition is met.
  • the measurement condition is satisfied, including at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the LTM measurement event.
  • the present application also provides a processing method, which can be applied to a second network device (such as a base station), comprising the steps of:
  • S3 Receive at least one of the advance forwarding data, third indication information, and fourth indication information sent by the first network device based on the first indication information, where the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information is used to perform dynamic scheduling.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • the third indication information is determined or generated and sent by the second network device based on the response information
  • the fourth indication information is determined or generated and sent by the second network device based on the measurement report;
  • the dynamic scheduling information is used to indicate the sending of radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • Dynamic scheduling information is sent according to the dynamic scheduling duration
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interactive signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the method further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor, wherein a processing program is stored in the memory, and when the processing program is executed by the processor, the steps of any of the processing methods described above are implemented.
  • the communication device in this application can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone), a first network device (such as a base station), or a second network device (such as a base station).
  • a terminal device such as a mobile phone
  • a first network device such as a base station
  • a second network device such as a base station
  • the present application also provides a storage medium, on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program is stored.
  • the steps of any of the processing methods described above are implemented.
  • the technical solution of the present application improves the mechanism of random access-free conditional switching and/or the mechanism of random access-free conditional LTM switching by executing an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the first indication information.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal for implementing various embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a diagram of a communication network system architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a controller 140 provided in the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network node 150 provided in the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to the first embodiment
  • FIG6 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to a second embodiment
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of an interaction process according to a third embodiment
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of an interaction process according to a fourth embodiment
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of an interaction process according to a sixth embodiment.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of an interaction process according to an eighth embodiment.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of an interaction process according to a tenth embodiment
  • FIG12 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to an eleventh embodiment
  • FIG13 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to a twelfth embodiment
  • FIG14 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to a thirteenth embodiment
  • FIG15 is a first structural diagram of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a second structural schematic diagram of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG17 is a third structural diagram of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in this article, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
  • first information may also be referred to as the second information
  • second information may also be referred to as the first information.
  • word “if” as used herein can be interpreted as “at the time of -- or "when" or "in response to determination”.
  • singular forms “one”, “one” and “the” are intended to also include plural forms, unless there is an opposite indication in the context.
  • “comprising at least one of the following: A, B, C” means “any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C”, and for another example, “A, B or C” or “A, B and/or C” means “any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C”.
  • An exception to this definition will only occur when a combination of elements, functions, steps or operations are inherently mutually exclusive in some manner.
  • the words “if” and “if” may be interpreted as “at the time of” or “when” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting”, depending on the context.
  • the phrases “if it is determined” or “if (stated condition or event) is detected” may be interpreted as “when it is determined” or “in response to determining” or “when detecting (stated condition or event)” or “in response to detecting (stated condition or event)", depending on the context.
  • step codes such as S1 and S2 are used for the purpose of expressing the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and do not constitute a substantial limitation on the order.
  • S2 first and then S1, etc., but these should all be within the scope of protection of this application.
  • module means, “component” or “unit” used to represent elements are only used to facilitate the description of the present application, and have no specific meanings. Therefore, “module”, “component” or “unit” can be used in a mixed manner.
  • the communication device in this application can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone), a first network device (such as a base station), or a second network device (such as a base station).
  • a terminal device such as a mobile phone
  • a first network device such as a base station
  • a second network device such as a base station
  • the terminal device may be implemented in various forms.
  • the terminal device described in this application may include intelligent terminal devices such as mobile phones, tablet computers, laptop computers, PDAs, portable media players (PMPs), navigation devices, wearable devices, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc., as well as fixed terminal devices such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • intelligent terminal devices such as mobile phones, tablet computers, laptop computers, PDAs, portable media players (PMPs), navigation devices, wearable devices, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.
  • PDAs portable media players
  • navigation devices wearable devices
  • smart bracelets smart bracelets
  • pedometers etc.
  • fixed terminal devices such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal for implementing various embodiments of the present application.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, an A/V (audio/video) input unit 104, a sensor 105, a display unit 106, a user input unit 107, an interface unit 108, a memory 109, a processor 110, and a power supply 111.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can be used for receiving and sending signals during information transmission or communication. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is sent to the processor 110 for processing. In addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 includes but is not limited to an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, etc. And/or, the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the above-mentioned wireless communications may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution), 5G and 6G, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access 2000
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • FDD-LTE Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
  • TDD-LTE Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
  • 5G and 6G etc.
  • WiFi is a short-range wireless transmission technology.
  • the mobile terminal can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 102, which provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG1 shows the WiFi module 102, it is understandable that it is not a necessary component of the mobile terminal and can be omitted as needed without changing the essence of the invention.
  • the audio output unit 103 can convert the audio data received by the RF unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or stored in the memory 109 into an audio signal and output it as sound when the mobile terminal 100 is in a call signal reception mode, a talk mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast reception mode, etc. Moreover, the audio output unit 103 can also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the mobile terminal 100 (for example, a call signal reception sound, a message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, etc.
  • the A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processor (GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042.
  • the graphics processor 1041 processes the image data of a static picture or video obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode.
  • the processed image frame can be displayed on the display unit 106.
  • the image frame processed by the graphics processor 1041 can be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage medium) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102.
  • the microphone 1042 can receive sound (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in operating modes such as a telephone call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, etc., and can process such sound into audio data.
  • the processed audio (voice) data can be converted into audio data that can be sent to the mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 in the case of a telephone call mode.
  • the microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to cancel (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and sending audio signals.
  • the mobile terminal 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light
  • the proximity sensor can turn off the display panel 1061 and/or the backlight when the mobile terminal 100 is moved to the ear.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (generally three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary.
  • sensors such as fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors, etc.
  • the display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • the user input unit 107 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and to generate key signal input related to the user settings and function control of the mobile terminal.
  • the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072.
  • the touch panel 1071 also known as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operation on or near it (such as the user's operation on the touch panel 1071 or near the touch panel 1071 using any suitable object or accessory such as a finger, stylus, etc.), and drive the corresponding connection device according to a pre-set program.
  • the touch panel 1071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into the touch point coordinates, and then sends it to the processor 110, and can receive and execute the command sent by the processor 110.
  • the touch panel 1071 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 107 may further include other input devices 1072.
  • the other input devices 1072 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, a function key (such as a volume control key, a switch key, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, a joystick, etc., which are not specifically limited here.
  • a function key such as a volume control key, a switch key, etc.
  • a trackball such as a mouse, a joystick, etc.
  • the touch panel 1071 may cover the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 provides a corresponding visual output on the display panel 1061 according to the type of the touch event.
  • the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, which is not limited to the specifics herein.
  • the interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected to the mobile terminal 100.
  • the external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power supply (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, an audio input/output (I/O) port, a video I/O port, a headphone port, etc.
  • the interface unit 108 may be used to receive input (e.g., data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the mobile terminal 100 or may be used to transmit data between the mobile terminal 100 and an external device.
  • the memory 109 can be used to store software programs and various data.
  • the memory 109 can mainly include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the program storage area can store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the data storage area can store data created according to the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, a phone book, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 109 can include a high-speed random access memory, and can also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the processor 110 is the control center of the mobile terminal. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile terminal. It executes various functions of the mobile terminal and processes data by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calling data stored in the memory 109, so as to monitor the mobile terminal as a whole.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor.
  • the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs
  • the modem processor mainly processes wireless communications. It is understandable that the above-mentioned modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • a power supply 111 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • the power supply 111 may be logically connected to the processor 110 via a power management system, thereby implementing functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may further include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be described in detail herein.
  • the communication network system is a NR (New Radio) system of universal mobile communication technology.
  • the NR system includes UE (User Equipment) 201, E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 203 and the operator's IP service 204, which are connected in sequence.
  • UE User Equipment
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • UE201 may be the above-mentioned terminal device 100, which will not be described in detail here.
  • E-UTRAN 202 includes eNodeB 2021 and other eNodeBs 2022 , etc.
  • eNodeB 2021 may be connected to other eNodeBs 2022 via a backhaul (eg, an X2 interface), and eNodeB 2021 is connected to EPC 203 , and eNodeB 2021 may provide UE 201 with access to EPC 203 .
  • a backhaul eg, an X2 interface
  • EPC203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server) 2032, other MMEs 2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function) 2036.
  • MME 2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE 201 and EPC 203, providing bearer and connection management.
  • HSS 2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as home location register (not shown in the figure), and save some user-specific information such as service features and data rates. All user data can be sent through SGW2034.
  • PGW2035 can provide IP address allocation and other functions for UE 201.
  • PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point for service data flow and IP bearer resources. It selects and provides available policy and charging control decisions for the policy and charging execution functional unit (not shown in the figure).
  • IP service 204 may include the Internet, intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a controller 140 provided in the present application.
  • the controller 140 includes: a memory 1401 and a processor 1402, the memory 1401 is used to store program instructions, and the processor 1402 is used to call the program instructions in the memory 1401 to execute the steps performed by the controller in the first embodiment of the above method, and its implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, which will not be repeated here.
  • the controller further includes a communication interface 1403, which can be connected to the processor 1402 via a bus 1404.
  • the processor 1402 can control the communication interface 1403 to implement the receiving and sending functions of the controller 140.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network node 150 provided by the present application.
  • the network node 150 includes: a memory 1501 and a processor 1502, the memory 1501 is used to store program instructions, and the processor 1502 is used to call the program instructions in the memory 1501 to execute the steps performed by the first node in the first embodiment of the above method, and its implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, which will not be repeated here.
  • the controller further includes a communication interface 1503, which can be connected to the processor 1502 via a bus 1504.
  • the processor 1502 can control the communication interface 1503 to implement the receiving and sending functions of the network node 150.
  • the above-mentioned integrated module implemented in the form of a software function module can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the above-mentioned software function module is stored in a storage medium, including a number of instructions for enabling a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (English: processor) to perform some steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • Computer instructions can be stored in a storage medium or transmitted from one storage medium to another.
  • computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the storage medium can be a computer-accessible medium. Any available medium or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media.
  • the available medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk, SSD).
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to a first embodiment.
  • the processing method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a first network device (such as a base station), and includes the following steps:
  • S2 Execute an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report.
  • the source cell before performing early data forwarding based on the first indication information, the source cell (including the first network device) receives pre-configuration information of at least one candidate cell (including the second network device).
  • the pre-configuration information includes serving cell pre-configuration information and/or at least one candidate cell pre-configuration information.
  • the first network device sends pre-configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device performs measurement based on the pre-configuration information and identifies the conditional handover candidate cell and/or conditional LTM handover candidate cell in advance.
  • the pre-configuration information includes conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration.
  • the preconfiguration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional switching configuration can be a conditional reconfiguration, which is used for conditional switching and/or triggering early data forwarding process.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration can be a conditional LTM reconfiguration, which is used for conditional LTM switching and/or triggering early data forwarding process.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger the first network device to send third indication information and/or fourth indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information is determined or generated by the first network device based on the response information.
  • the response information is determined or generated by the second network device based on the random access preamble sent by the terminal device.
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interaction signaling.
  • the fourth indication information is determined or generated by the first network device based on the measurement report.
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station interaction signaling.
  • the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device according to the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information.
  • the dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data.
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the sending of a random access preamble.
  • the first network device sends pre-configuration information of at least one candidate cell through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration may be independently sent and/or configured via RRC reconfiguration signaling, for example, not included in the conditional handover configuration.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell pre-configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the pre-configuration information can also be used for subsequent handover and/or subsequent cell switch.
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition and performs measurement to obtain a measurement result.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition configuration.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device identifies the conditional switching candidate cell in advance through measurement, it can perform early uplink synchronization with the candidate cell so that the source cell determines the candidate cell that needs to perform early data forwarding.
  • the terminal device can also assist the source cell in determining the candidate cell that needs to perform early data forwarding through indication information, that is, the terminal device assists the first network device in determining the second network device that needs to perform early data forwarding through indication information.
  • the terminal device may send a random access preamble to the candidate cell.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends a response message to the source cell, such as: HANDOVER REQUEST ACKON WLEDGE or other existing and/or inter-base station interaction signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the source cell receives response information sent by the candidate cell, feeds back advance data forwarding signaling to the candidate cell, and performs advance data forwarding.
  • the terminal device may also report a measurement report to the source cell.
  • the source cell initiates an early data forwarding process for the candidate cell based on the measurement report sent by the terminal device, for example: the measurement report shows that the candidate cell enters the measurement reporting range.
  • the first network device may determine the second network device that needs to perform early data forwarding through the response information and/or the measurement report.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal when at least one candidate cell meets the conditional execution condition, the terminal initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the second network device.
  • the terminal device receives new downlink data scheduling sent by the second network device and determines that the switching is completed.
  • new downlink data is obtained by forwarding data in advance.
  • the mechanism of random access conditional switching and/or the mechanism of random access conditional LTM switching is improved, and the advance data forwarding process and/or the dynamic scheduling process can be executed in time during the switching process.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart of the processing method according to the second embodiment, and the specific steps include:
  • conditional handover (CHO) configuration sent by a network device and feeds back a configuration completion signaling to the source gNB
  • the source gNB can perform early data forwarding after completing the conditional handover configuration to reduce the data transmission delay during the handover.
  • the source base station cannot clearly know which candidate base station the terminal device will switch to, and therefore cannot perform early data forwarding, which will also cause data transmission delays.
  • the first indication information is used to enable the first network device to clearly know that the terminal device is about to switch to the second network device, thereby performing early data forwarding to the first network device.
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information (LTM-Candidate) of at least one candidate cell (second network device), including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidateConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • pre-configuration information LTM-Candidate
  • second network device including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidateConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition (ConditionalExecution condition) configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event (Event) and/or a measurement threshold (Threshold).
  • Event a measurement event
  • Threshold a measurement threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used by the network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, and the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, and also includes the target cell measurement result and/or the target cell measurement result plus a specific offset value is higher than the serving cell measurement result, for example: the target cell signal strength measurement result plus the signal strength offset value is greater than the serving cell signal strength measurement result, the target cell signal quality measurement result plus the signal quality offset value is greater than the serving cell signal quality measurement result, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result plus the signal-to-noise ratio offset value is greater than the serving cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration is further used to provide a source cell with a decision on early data forwarding.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration (CSI-MeasConfig) and/or a measurement configuration (MeasConfig).
  • CSI-MeasConfig reference signal measurement configuration
  • MeasConfig measurement configuration
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of: measurement resources, measurement carrier, physical cell identity (PCI, Physical Cell Identity), reporting resources and serving cell identity (Serving Cell Identity).
  • PCI physical cell identity
  • PCI Physical Cell Identity
  • serving Cell Identity serving Cell identity
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of a measurement event, a measurement carrier, and a reporting configuration.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the measurement event in the conditional handover measurement configuration has a neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value greater than the neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value in the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighboring cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength (RSRP), signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP signal strength
  • RSS signal quality
  • SINR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information also includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig), configuration scheduling configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig), candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete) and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • Early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig)
  • ConfigurationConfig configuration scheduling configuration
  • candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete)
  • new terminal radio temporary identity newUE-Identity
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration (LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig) and/or LTM channel state information report configuration (LTM-CSI-ReportConfig).
  • LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig LTM channel state information resource configuration
  • LTM-CSI-ReportConfig LTM channel state information report configuration
  • the configuration scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information (TCI-State).
  • TCI-State beam information
  • the configuration scheduling configuration includes: configuration scheduling type 1 (CG Type 1).
  • the candidate cells include cells in the legacy R17 version and earlier versions and/or LTM cells.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by identifiers, such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId) and at least one of the LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCandidateId).
  • identifiers such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId) and at least one of the LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCandidateId).
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to the service cell, for example, the service cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the existing technology such as: protocol TS 38.331, chapter 5.5.4.
  • the source cell (first network device) sends at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the candidate cell condition switching configuration includes terminal device measurement time advance configuration
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information is pre-configured information and is used for continuous switching.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion (RRCReconfigurationComplete) to the source cell.
  • RRCReconfigurationComplete RRC reconfiguration completion
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold
  • the pre-configuration information is sent to the terminal device by the first network device, and a new measurement event is introduced and/or the existing measurement event is enhanced to determine whether the candidate cell enters the measurement reporting range.
  • early uplink synchronization and/or reporting indication information is performed, so that the first network device determines the second network device to which the terminal device is about to switch, and then performs early data forwarding, which improves the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, so that the early data forwarding method can be applied to a variety of switching scenarios, improves the applicability of the early data forwarding method, and/or helps to reduce the data transmission delay during the switching process.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the interaction process shown according to the third embodiment.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the aforementioned embodiments, and specifically further discloses a method for triggering early data forwarding through response information.
  • a random access preamble is sent to the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device directly sends the random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the data forwarding process in advance; and/or, by performing uplink synchronization with the candidate cell in advance, the interruption delay caused by switching can be reduced.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends response information to the source cell (first network device).
  • the response information includes: timing advance (TA, Timing Advance) and/or scheduling information (UL Grant).
  • TA timing advance
  • UL Grant scheduling information
  • the source cell sends response information to the terminal device, and the response information responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device to the target cell.
  • the response information includes: at least one of a random access response, an LTM switching command and a MAC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling consists of a MAC subheader and/or a MAC CE.
  • the response information sent by the source cell to the terminal device carries time advance and/or scheduling information.
  • the response information includes an early data forwarding indication.
  • the source cell receives response information sent by the candidate cell, sends early data forwarding signaling feedback to the candidate cell, and performs early data forwarding.
  • the advance data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER, or is forwarded through other existing base station interaction signaling, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the source cell performs advance data forwarding according to the advance data forwarding indication in the response information.
  • the terminal device is informed by the response information that it has entered the range of the candidate cell, so that the early data forwarding process can be executed.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device first sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell and then performs conditional switching to the candidate cell.
  • the specific method can refer to the above steps.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the candidate cell after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data scheduling, and the terminal device receives the new downlink data scheduling.
  • the second network device determines or generates response information and sends it to the first network device, and then the first network device performs early data forwarding according to the response information, thereby improving the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching.
  • the terminal device directly sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the early data forwarding process; and/or, by performing uplink synchronization with the candidate cell in advance, the interruption delay caused by switching can be reduced; and/or, the source cell is informed by the response information sent by the candidate cell that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell, so that the early data forwarding process can be executed.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the interaction process shown according to the fourth embodiment.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically further discloses a method for triggering early data forwarding through indication information.
  • the terminal device completes the evaluation of the candidate cells based on the pre-configuration information, if at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, a measurement report is reported.
  • the measurement report is a layer 1 (L1) measurement report and/or a layer 3 measurement report.
  • the measurement report includes indication information for instructing the source cell to perform early data forwarding.
  • the reporting indication information may also be that the current serving cell measurement result meets the measurement reporting condition and the measurement reporting is performed.
  • the measurement report carries the serving cell measurement result and/or the candidate cell measurement result, for example, during the serving cell periodic measurement reporting process, the candidate cell measurement result is carried.
  • the serving cell measurement result carrying the candidate cell measurement result further includes: when the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event, the reporting indication information carries the candidate cell measurement result, for example: when the serving cell satisfies the measurement event A3 and the candidate cell satisfies the event A7, the measurement report carries the candidate cell measurement result.
  • the indication information may also be in at least one of the following ways: RRC signaling, for example: RRC reconfiguration completion; and/or MAC signaling, for example: MAC subheader, MACCE and UCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • RRC signaling for example: RRC reconfiguration completion
  • MAC signaling for example: MAC subheader, MACCE and UCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • At least one of the RRC signaling, MAC signaling and UCI carries early data forwarding indication information.
  • the terminal device can also perform the uplink synchronization process in advance (Early UL synchronization).
  • the source cell initiates an early data forwarding process for the candidate cell based on the indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the source cell sends an advance data forwarding signaling to the candidate cell, for example, the first network device sends an advance data forwarding signaling to the second network device.
  • early data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER.
  • the source cell may also determine the candidate cell for which early data forwarding is to be performed based on the measurement results reported by the terminal device. For example, the source cell determines whether the candidate cell enters the reporting range based on the measurement results of the candidate cell. When the candidate cell enters the reporting range, early data forwarding is performed on the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching process includes: a random access process and/or a random access-free process.
  • the random access process includes: 2-Step Random Access and 4-Step Random Access.
  • a random access procedure is initiated for the candidate cell immediately after sending advance data forwarding indication information to the source cell.
  • the target cell and the serving cell have the same time advance (TA) and/or the time advance value is zero, random access-free is performed.
  • TA time advance
  • conditional switching process also includes: LTM conditional switching.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data after switching to the candidate cell.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data schedule
  • the terminal device receives the new downlink data schedule and regards the switching as completed.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report containing indication information to the first network device, so that the first network device performs early data forwarding according to the indication information, improves the mechanism of random access conditional switching and/or random access conditional LTM switching, and introduces an enhanced mechanism so that the terminal device can send indication information in advance, and the network device prepares data forwarding in advance, thereby reducing the data transmission interruption delay caused by switching, and/or, enhancing conditional switching, reducing signaling overhead, and/or, reducing the service interruption delay caused by switching.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments.
  • conditional switching is only applicable once, that is, all conditional switching configurations are released when the terminal device completes the conditional switching. If the conditional switching is further enhanced for use in LTM switching scenarios, early data forwarding will cause resource waste and/or signaling storms between base stations, especially in continuous switching scenarios.
  • the terminal device performs conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching, the source cell will not be able to perform early data forwarding to other candidate cells, and there is a possibility that the source cell initiates early data forwarding to all potential candidate cells.
  • a processing method is proposed in an embodiment of the present application, which applies the technical solution in the above-mentioned embodiment to continuous switching.
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information of at least one candidate cell, including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration of the candidate cell.
  • the source cell sends at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information and stores it locally.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching configuration is not released, but other candidate cells are still evaluated through conditional execution of conditional configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration, that is, after the terminal device switches to the second network device, the network device does not need to reconfigure the conditional switching configuration.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting condition of the conditional switching measurement configuration is looser than the setting condition of the conditional execution condition configuration.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information further includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration, configuration scheduling configuration, candidate cell complete configuration indication, and new terminal radio temporary identity.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by an identifier, for example, at least one of a conditional switching configuration identifier, an LTM candidate identifier, and an LTM conditional candidate identifier.
  • the terminal device performs measurement on other candidate cells according to the conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can send a random access preamble to the third network device, so that the third network device responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends a response message to the current service cell (ie, the second network device).
  • the current serving cell receives the response information, and sends early data forwarding signaling feedback to the third network device to perform early data forwarding.
  • the terminal device can also send a measurement report (indication information) to the current service cell (ie, the second network device), thereby enabling the second network device to perform early data forwarding according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the third network device.
  • conditional switching process includes: a random access process and/or a random access-free process.
  • the random access process includes: 2-Step Random Access and 4-Step Random Access.
  • the random access process is initiated immediately after sending the indication information.
  • the target cell and the serving cell have the same time advance (TA) and/or the time advance value is zero, random access-free is performed.
  • TA time advance
  • conditional switching process also includes: LTM conditional switching.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data.
  • the third network device sends new downlink data scheduling, and the terminal device receives the new downlink data scheduling.
  • the third network device may also be the first network device, that is, the terminal device may switch from the current serving cell back to the previous source cell.
  • the mechanism of random access-free conditional switching and/or the mechanism of random access-free conditional LTM switching is improved, avoiding the need for network devices to reconfigure conditional switching configurations, reducing network signaling overhead, and/or reducing the energy consumption caused by terminal devices processing signaling; improving the applicability of the advance data forwarding method in continuous switching scenarios; and/or reducing the delay caused by switching in continuous switching scenarios.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the interaction process shown according to the sixth embodiment.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically discloses a method for executing an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device meets the conditional switching trigger condition, it will detach from the serving cell (Detach) and switch to the target cell.
  • the candidate cell and/or base station cannot perform dynamic scheduling and/or cause waste of dynamic scheduling resources without being notified.
  • the terminal device is configured with at least one candidate cell, and the same problem will exist when performing conditional switching between multiple candidate cells.
  • a method for optimizing the dynamic scheduling process in the random access-free conditional LTM switching process is provided.
  • the terminal device reports a measurement report (MR, Measurement Report).
  • MR Measurement Report
  • the measurement report is a layer 3 (L3, Layer 3) measurement report.
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information (LTM-Candidate) of at least one candidate cell (second network device), including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidaeConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • pre-configuration information LTM-Candidate
  • second network device including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidaeConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition (Conditional Execution condition) configuration and/or a conditional cell switch measurement (Conditional cell switch measurement) configuration.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event (Event) and/or a measurement threshold (Threshold).
  • Event a measurement event
  • Threshold a measurement threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration includes an LTM measurement event.
  • the LTM measurement event includes at least one of the following:
  • Event LTM2 The serving cell beam is below the threshold
  • Event LTM3 The candidate cell beam plus the offset value is better than the serving cell
  • Event LTM4 The candidate cell beam is higher than the threshold
  • Event LTM5 The serving cell beam is below the first threshold and the candidate cell beam is above the second threshold.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration is configured by the source base station.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration is used to perform early uplink synchronization and/or dynamic scheduling.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in the same distribution unit, for example: the first network device is a serving cell, and the second network device is a candidate cell.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first distribution unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second distribution unit.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first central unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second central unit.
  • the NR system distribution unit may refer to protocol TS 38.401, 6.1.1 based on the central unit architecture.
  • the LTM includes at least one candidate cell.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration further includes a scheduling duration.
  • the scheduling duration is used to confirm receipt of the dynamic scheduling time.
  • the scheduling duration is triggered by a scheduling timer (Dynamic grant timer) and/or a scheduling time window (Dynamic grant window).
  • a scheduling timer Dynamic grant timer
  • a scheduling time window Dynamic grant window
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, where the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, and also includes the target cell measurement result and/or the target cell measurement result plus a specific offset value is higher than the serving cell measurement result, for example: the target cell signal strength measurement result plus the signal strength offset value is greater than the serving cell signal strength measurement result, the target cell signal quality measurement result plus the signal quality offset value is greater than the serving cell signal quality measurement result, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result plus the signal-to-noise ratio offset value is greater than the serving cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration is further used to provide a source cell with a decision on early data forwarding.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration (CSI-MeasConfig) and/or a measurement configuration (MeasConfig).
  • CSI-MeasConfig reference signal measurement configuration
  • MeasConfig measurement configuration
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of: measurement resources, measurement carrier, physical cell identity (PCI, Physical Cell Identity), reporting resources and serving cell identity (Serving Cell Identity); the measurement configuration includes: measurement events, measurement carrier and reporting configuration, etc.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the measurement event in the conditional handover measurement configuration has a neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value greater than the neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value in the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighboring cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength (RSRP), signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP signal strength
  • RSS signal quality
  • SINR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information also includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig), configuration scheduling configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig), candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete) and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • Early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig)
  • ConfigurationConfig configuration scheduling configuration
  • candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete)
  • new terminal radio temporary identity newUE-Identity
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration (LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig) and/or LTM channel state information report configuration (LTM-CSI-ReportConfig).
  • LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig LTM channel state information resource configuration
  • LTM-CSI-ReportConfig LTM channel state information report configuration
  • the scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information (TCI-State).
  • TCI-State beam information
  • configuring the scheduling configuration includes: configuring scheduling type 1 (CG Type 1).
  • the candidate cells include cells in the legacy R17 version and earlier versions and/or LTM cells.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by an identifier, for example, at least one of a conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), an LTM candidate identifier (LTM-CandidateId), and an LTM conditional candidate identifier (LTM-condCandidateId).
  • a conditional switching configuration identifier condReconfigID
  • LTM-CandidateId LTM candidate identifier
  • LTM-condCandidateId LTM conditional candidate identifier
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to the service cell, for example, the service cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the existing technology such as: protocol TS 38.331, chapter 5.5.4.
  • the source cell (first network device) sends at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information is pre-configured information and is used for continuous switching.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion (RRCReconfigurationComplete) to the source cell.
  • RRCReconfigurationComplete RRC reconfiguration completion
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition according to the measurement condition.
  • the measurement condition is satisfied, including at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the measurement event.
  • the candidate cell measurement result satisfies an LTM measurement event, such as Event LTM4.
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell satisfy a measurement event, such as Event LTM5.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration may also be used for the network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration.
  • advance data forwarding measurement configuration may also be used for the network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration.
  • the pre-configuration information is sent to the terminal device by the first network device, and a new measurement event is introduced and/or the existing measurement event is enhanced to determine whether the candidate cell enters the measurement reporting range.
  • early uplink synchronization and/or reporting indication information is executed, so that the first network device determines the second network device to which the terminal device is about to switch, and then executes early data forwarding and/or dynamic scheduling process, improves the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, so that the early data forwarding method can be applied to a variety of switching scenarios, improves the applicability of the early data forwarding method, and/or helps to reduce the data transmission delay during the switching process, and/or improves the dynamic scheduling mechanism during the switching process, which helps to save dynamic scheduling resources.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically further discloses a method for executing an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on response information.
  • a random access preamble is sent to the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device directly sends the random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the early data forwarding process; and/or, performs early uplink synchronization with the candidate cell, which can reduce the interruption delay caused by switching.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell meets the conditional switching measurement configuration, the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the corresponding candidate cell.
  • the terminal device autonomously determines the cell to which the random access preamble is to be sent.
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble according to the advance uplink synchronization configuration of the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device autonomously implements the candidate cell to which the random access preamble is to be sent according to the conditional execution condition, for example: there is a candidate cell that is about to meet the trigger condition, and the random access preamble is sent to the corresponding candidate cell.
  • the terminal device autonomously determines the cell to which the random access preamble is to be sent.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device does not send a random access preamble and/or performs early uplink synchronization.
  • conditional handover when the candidate cell meets the conditional handover measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, conventional conditional handover (CHO) is performed.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • a random access-based (RACH-based) LTM cell switching is performed.
  • a random access-free (RACH-less) LTM cell switching is performed.
  • RACH-less LTM cell switching refers to protocol TS 38.300, 9.2.3.5.
  • the random access-free LTM switching is performed in advance within a valid time and/or according to a configured schedule.
  • the terminal device autonomously determines the cell on which to perform traditional conditional handover and/or LTM cell handover.
  • a scheduling timer is started.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends response information to the source cell (first network device).
  • the response information is transmitted via at least one of the following signaling:
  • Handover success (HANDOVER SUCCESS) signaling and/or other existing base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the switch is a same (Intra) distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit) LTM cell switch, there is no need to send random access response information.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source distributed unit sends the distributed unit-central unit time advance information to the central unit, and the central unit then sends the central unit-distributed unit time advance information to the target distributed unit.
  • the source central unit sends a handover success signaling and/or other existing inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling to the target central unit.
  • the response information includes: timing advance (TA, Timing Advance) and/or scheduling information (UL Grant).
  • TA timing advance
  • UL Grant scheduling information
  • the source cell sends response information to the terminal device, and the response information responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device to the target cell.
  • the response information includes at least one of a random access response, an LTM switching command, and a MAC signaling.
  • MAC signaling consists of MAC subheader and/or MAC CE.
  • the response information sent by the source cell to the terminal device carries time advance and/or scheduling information.
  • the response information includes an early data forwarding indication.
  • the source cell receives response information sent by the candidate cell, sends early data forwarding signaling feedback to the candidate cell, and performs early data forwarding.
  • the advance data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER, or is forwarded through other existing base station interaction signaling, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the source cell performs advance data forwarding according to the advance data forwarding indication in the response information.
  • This method enables the source cell to learn that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell through the response information sent by the candidate cell, so that the advance data forwarding process can be performed.
  • the source cell sends third indication information and/or advances data forwarding.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) signaling and/or other existing base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the handover is a handover of the same (Intra) distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit) LTM cell, it is not necessary to send the third indication information.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source distributed unit when the switching is a switching of LTM cells between different (Inter) distributed units (DU, Distributed Unit), the source distributed unit sends a distributed unit-central unit cell switching notification to the central unit, and the central unit then sends a central unit-distributed unit cell switching notification to the target distributed unit.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source central unit sends a handover request signaling and/or other existing inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling to the target central unit.
  • the third indication information carries at least one of a candidate cell identifier, a transmission configuration indication (TCI, Transmission Configuration Indicator) status identifier, and a conditional switching indication.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell and before receiving the response information, if at least one subsequent cell meets the conditional execution condition, it will execute at least one of the traditional conditional switching, LTM cell switching based on random access, and LTM cell switching based on free random access to switch to the candidate cell.
  • the specific method can refer to the above steps.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the candidate cell after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the terminal device receives dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell.
  • the target cell when at least one target cell satisfies a conditional execution condition, the target cell is regarded as a serving cell and/or a conditional LTM handover is triggered.
  • the terminal device has at least one of candidate cell time advance, application time advance and/or start time advance timer.
  • the dynamic scheduling information is received via a physical downlink control channel and/or scrambled via a cell radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI).
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identity
  • the target cell sends downlink control information and/or performs dynamic scheduling according to the third indication information.
  • the target cell determines the dynamic scheduling beam based on the sent configuration indication state identifier (TCI State Indication) and/or the candidate cell identifier.
  • TCI State Indication sent configuration indication state identifier
  • the target cell sends dynamic scheduling information, including: performing dynamic scheduling (DG, Dynamic Grant) through downlink control information.
  • dynamic scheduling DG, Dynamic Grant
  • DG Dynamic Grant
  • the dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell is received, thereby accelerating the terminal device LTM switching execution judgment and/or reducing network resource waste by determining that the dynamic scheduling is still within the effective time.
  • the terminal device sends switching completion information based on dynamic scheduling.
  • the switching completion information includes radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data.
  • LTM switching based on random access conditions is performed, thereby enabling the target cell to be informed that a terminal device is about to access and send dynamic scheduling information and/or reduce signaling overhead through the assistance of the terminal device and/or the source cell.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data scheduling, and the terminal device receives the new downlink data scheduling.
  • the second network device determines or generates response information and sends it to the first network device, and then the first network device performs early data forwarding and/or dynamic scheduling process according to the response information, and improves the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching.
  • the terminal device directly sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the early data forwarding process; and/or, by performing uplink synchronization with the candidate cell in advance, the interruption delay caused by switching can be reduced, and/or, the source cell is informed by the response information sent by the candidate cell that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell, so that the early data forwarding process can be executed; and/or, by determining that the dynamic scheduling is still within the effective time, the terminal device LTM switching execution judgment is accelerated and/or the waste of network resources is reduced.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic diagram of the interaction process shown according to the eighth embodiment.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically discloses a method for executing an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on a measurement report.
  • the terminal device reports a measurement report (MR, Measurement Report), and optionally, the measurement report is a layer three (L3, Layer 3) measurement report.
  • MR Measurement Report
  • L3, Layer 3 layer three
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information (LTM-Candidate) of at least one candidate cell (second network device), including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidateConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • pre-configuration information LTM-Candidate
  • second network device including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidateConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching configuration also includes: terminal equipment measurement time advance configuration, for example: serving cell terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier (ServingCellUE-MeasuredTA-ID) and/or terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier (UE-MeasuredTA-ID).
  • terminal equipment measurement time advance configuration for example: serving cell terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier (ServingCellUE-MeasuredTA-ID) and/or terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier (UE-MeasuredTA-ID).
  • servingCellUE-MeasuredTA-ID serving cell terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier
  • UE-MeasuredTA-ID terminal equipment measurement time advance identifier
  • the terminal device measurement time advance configuration is used for the terminal device to determine whether to perform the terminal device measurement time advance.
  • the terminal measures the time advance for measuring the time advance of the candidate cell.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event (Event) and/or a measurement threshold (Threshold).
  • Event a measurement event
  • Threshold a measurement threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration includes an LTM measurement event.
  • the LTM measurement event includes at least one of the following:
  • Event LTM2 The serving cell beam is below the threshold
  • Event LTM3 The candidate cell beam plus the offset value is better than the serving cell
  • Event LTM4 The candidate cell beam is higher than the threshold
  • Event LTM5 The serving cell beam is below the first threshold and the candidate cell beam is above the second threshold.
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in this regard.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, and the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, and also includes the target cell measurement result and/or the target cell measurement result plus a specific offset value is higher than the serving cell measurement result, for example: the target cell signal strength measurement result plus the signal strength offset value is greater than the serving cell signal strength measurement result, the target cell signal quality measurement result plus the signal quality offset value is greater than the serving cell signal quality measurement result, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result plus the signal-to-noise ratio offset value is greater than the serving cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration (CSI-MeasConfig) and/or a measurement configuration (MeasConfig).
  • CSI-MeasConfig reference signal measurement configuration
  • MeasConfig measurement configuration
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of: measurement resources, measurement carrier, physical cell identity (PCI, Physical Cell Identity), reporting resources and serving cell identity (Serving Cell Identity).
  • PCI physical cell identity
  • PCI Physical Cell Identity
  • serving Cell Identity serving Cell identity
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of a measurement event, a measurement carrier, and a reporting configuration.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the measurement event in the conditional handover measurement configuration has a neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value greater than the neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value in the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighboring cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength (RSRP), signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP signal strength
  • RSS signal quality
  • SINR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information also includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig), configuration scheduling configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig), candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete) and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • Early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig)
  • ConfigurationConfig configuration scheduling configuration
  • candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete)
  • new terminal radio temporary identity newUE-Identity
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration (LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig) and/or LTM channel state information report configuration (LTM-CSI-ReportConfig).
  • LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig LTM channel state information resource configuration
  • LTM-CSI-ReportConfig LTM channel state information report configuration
  • the configuration scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information (TCI-State).
  • TCI-State beam information
  • the configuration scheduling configuration includes: configuration scheduling type 1 (CG Type 1).
  • the candidate cells include cells in the legacy R17 version and earlier versions and/or LTM cells.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by identifiers, such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId and LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCa ndidateId)
  • identifiers such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId and LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCa ndidateId)
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to the service cell, for example, the service cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the existing technology such as: protocol TS 38.331, chapter 5.5.4.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information is pre-configured information and is used for continuous switching.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion (RRCReconfigurationComplete) to the source cell.
  • RRCReconfigurationComplete RRC reconfiguration completion
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration may also be used for the network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration.
  • advance data forwarding measurement configuration may also be used for the network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration.
  • the pre-configuration information is sent to the terminal device by the first network device, and a new measurement event is introduced and/or the existing measurement event is enhanced to determine whether the candidate cell enters the measurement reporting range.
  • early uplink synchronization and/or reporting indication information is executed, so that the first network device determines the second network device to which the terminal device is about to switch, and then executes early data forwarding and/or dynamic scheduling process, improves the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, so that the early data forwarding method can be applied to a variety of switching scenarios, improves the applicability of the early data forwarding method, and/or helps to reduce the data transmission delay during the switching process; and/or reduces the waste of dynamic scheduling resources.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically further discloses a method for executing an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on a measurement report.
  • the terminal device reports indication information.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell meets the conditions for switching measurement configuration, the terminal device sends an indication message to the serving cell.
  • the indication information carries and/or implies target cell information, for example, candidate cells satisfying the measurement event and/or measurement results.
  • the terminal device autonomously determines the target cell information and/or all candidate cell information that meets the conditional switching measurement configuration carried in the indication information.
  • the indication information may be a measurement report, and the measurement report may be a layer 1 measurement report (L1 Measurement Report) and/or a layer 3 measurement report.
  • L1 Measurement Report a layer 1 measurement report
  • layer 3 measurement report a layer 3 measurement report
  • the indication information is used to instruct the source cell to perform advance data forwarding and/or instruct the target cell to perform dynamic scheduling.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device does not send indication information.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell meets the conditional handover measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device performs conventional conditional handover (CHO), refer to protocol TS 38.300, 9.2.3.4 for details.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device performs a random access-based (RACH-based) LTM cell switching.
  • RACH-based random access-based
  • the candidate cell when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the candidate cell is configured with terminal measurement time advance and the terminal has a candidate cell time advance for measurement and is configured with candidate cell configuration scheduling, the terminal device performs random access-free (RACH-less) LTM cell switching, refer to protocol TS 38.300, 9.2.3.5 for details.
  • RACH-less random access-free
  • the source cell sends fourth indication information and/or advances data forwarding.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) signaling and/or other existing Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the switch is a same (Intra) distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit) LTM cell switch, there is no need to send the fourth indication information.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source distributed unit when the switching is a switching of LTM cells between different (Inter) distributed units (DU, Distributed Unit), the source distributed unit sends a distributed unit-central unit cell switching notification to the central unit, and the central unit then sends a central unit-distributed unit cell switching notification to the target distributed unit.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source central unit sends a handover request signaling and/or other existing inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling to the target central unit.
  • the fourth indication information carries at least one of a candidate cell identifier, a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) status identifier, and a conditional switching indication.
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell and before receiving the response information, if at least one subsequent cell meets the conditional execution condition, it will execute at least one of the traditional conditional switching, LTM cell switching based on random access, and LTM cell switching based on free random access to switch to the candidate cell.
  • the specific method can refer to the above steps.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the candidate cell after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the terminal device receives dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell.
  • the target cell when at least one target cell satisfies a conditional execution condition, the target cell is regarded as a serving cell and/or a conditional LTM handover is triggered.
  • the terminal device has at least one of candidate cell time advance, application time advance and/or start time advance timer.
  • the dynamic scheduling information is received via a physical downlink control channel and/or scrambled via a cell radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI).
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identity
  • the target cell sends downlink control information and/or performs dynamic scheduling according to the third indication information.
  • the target cell determines the dynamic scheduling beam based on the sent configuration indication status identifier and/or the candidate cell identifier.
  • the target cell sends dynamic scheduling information, including: performing dynamic scheduling (DG, Dynamic Grant) through downlink control information.
  • dynamic scheduling DG, Dynamic Grant
  • DG Dynamic Grant
  • the dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell is received, thereby accelerating the terminal device LTM switching execution judgment and/or reducing network resource waste by determining that the dynamic scheduling is still within the effective time.
  • the terminal device sends the switching completion information in advance according to the dynamic scheduling information and/or the terminal device measurement time.
  • the switching completion information includes radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data.
  • the terminal device measurement time advance is a time advance value for the terminal device to measure the candidate cell according to the terminal device measurement time advance configuration.
  • the terminal device performs random-free access based on the measured time advance value and applies the time advance value.
  • the first network device determines or generates fourth indication information according to the measurement report and sends it to the second network device, and then the second network device performs advance data forwarding and/or dynamic scheduling process according to the fourth indication information, thereby improving the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, and can execute the advance data forwarding process, thereby reducing the interruption delay caused by switching; and/or reducing the waste of network resources by performing dynamic scheduling.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the interaction process shown according to the tenth embodiment.
  • this embodiment further discloses the processing method in the above embodiments, and specifically further discloses another method for executing the advance data forwarding process and/or the dynamic scheduling process.
  • the terminal device reports a measurement report (MR, Measurement Report).
  • MR Measurement Report
  • the measurement report is a layer 3 (L3, Layer 3) measurement report.
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information (LTM-Candidate) of at least one candidate cell (second network device), including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidaeConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • pre-configuration information LTM-Candidate
  • second network device including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration (ltm-condCandidaeConfig) of the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event (Event) and/or a measurement threshold (Threshold).
  • Event a measurement event
  • Threshold a measurement threshold
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration includes an LTM measurement event.
  • the LTM measurement event includes at least one of the following:
  • Event LTM2 The serving cell beam is below the threshold
  • Event LTM3 The candidate cell beam plus the offset value is better than the serving cell
  • Event LTM4 The candidate cell beam is higher than the threshold
  • Event LTM5 The serving cell beam is below the first threshold and the candidate cell beam is above the second threshold.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration is configured by the source base station.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration is used to perform early uplink synchronization and/or dynamic scheduling.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in the same distribution unit, for example: the first network device is a serving cell, and the second network device is a candidate cell.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first distribution unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second distribution unit.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first central unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second central unit.
  • the NR system distribution unit may refer to protocol TS 38.401, 6.1.1 based on the central unit architecture.
  • the LTM includes at least one candidate cell.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition configuration further includes a scheduling duration.
  • the scheduling duration is used to confirm receipt of the dynamic scheduling time.
  • the scheduling duration is triggered by a scheduling timer and/or a scheduling time window.
  • conditional switching configuration also includes an early uplink synchronization indication, for example: EarlyUL-SyncInd.
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to confirm whether to perform early uplink synchronization.
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, where the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, and also includes the target cell measurement result and/or the target cell measurement result plus a specific offset value is higher than the serving cell measurement result, for example: the target cell signal strength measurement result plus the signal strength offset value is greater than the serving cell signal strength measurement result, the target cell signal quality measurement result plus the signal quality offset value is greater than the serving cell signal quality measurement result, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result plus the signal-to-noise ratio offset value is greater than the serving cell signal-to-noise ratio measurement result.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration is further used to provide a source cell with a decision on early data forwarding.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration (CSI-MeasConfig) and/or a measurement configuration (MeasConfig).
  • CSI-MeasConfig reference signal measurement configuration
  • MeasConfig measurement configuration
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of: measurement resources, measurement carrier, physical cell identity (PCI, Physical Cell Identity), reporting resources and serving cell identity (Serving Cell Identity); the measurement configuration includes: measurement events, measurement carrier and reporting configuration, etc.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the measurement event in the conditional handover measurement configuration has a neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value greater than the neighboring cell measurement-specific compensation value in the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighboring cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength (RSRP), signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP signal strength
  • RSS signal quality
  • SINR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information also includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig), configuration scheduling configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig), candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete) and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • Early uplink synchronization configuration (EarlyUL-SyncConfig)
  • ConfigurationConfig configuration scheduling configuration
  • candidate cell complete configuration indication (ltm-ConfigComplete)
  • new terminal radio temporary identity newUE-Identity
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration (LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig) and/or LTM channel state information report configuration (LTM-CSI-ReportConfig).
  • LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig LTM channel state information resource configuration
  • LTM-CSI-ReportConfig LTM channel state information report configuration
  • the scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information (TCI-State).
  • TCI-State beam information
  • configuring the scheduling configuration includes: configuring scheduling type 1 (CG Type 1).
  • the candidate cells include cells in the legacy R17 version and earlier versions and/or LTM cells.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by identifiers, such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId) and at least one of the LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCandidateId).
  • identifiers such as conditional switching configuration identifier (condReconfigID), LTM candidate identifier (LTM-Ca ndidateId) and at least one of the LTM condition candidate identifier (LTM-condCandidateId).
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to the service cell, for example, the service cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the existing technology such as: protocol TS 38.331, chapter 5.5.4.
  • the source cell (first network device) sends at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information is pre-configured information and is used for continuous switching.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion (RRCReconfigurationComplete) to the source cell.
  • RRCReconfigurationComplete RRC reconfiguration completion
  • the terminal device performs early uplink synchronization according to the candidate cell condition switching configuration, for example: all configured candidate cells perform uplink synchronization, except for the candidate cells configured with the terminal device measurement time advanced.
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble to at least one candidate cell according to the candidate cell condition switching configuration and/or the early uplink synchronization indication, for example:
  • a random access preamble is sent to the corresponding candidate cell according to the early uplink synchronization configuration.
  • a random access preamble is sent to the corresponding candidate cell.
  • a random access preamble is sent to the corresponding candidate cell according to the early uplink synchronization configuration of the corresponding candidate cell.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends response information to the source cell.
  • At least one candidate cell sends response information to the source cell.
  • the source cell sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the response information responds to a random access preamble sent by the terminal device to at least one candidate cell.
  • the response information carries time advance information of at least one candidate cell.
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and/or the conditional execution condition according to the measurement condition.
  • the measurement condition is satisfied, including at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the measurement event.
  • the candidate cell measurement result satisfies an LTM measurement event, such as Event LTM4.
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell satisfy a measurement event, such as Event LTM5.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold
  • the terminal device reports indication information.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell meets the conditions for switching measurement configuration, the terminal device sends an indication message to the serving cell.
  • the indication information carries and/or implies target cell information, for example, candidate cells satisfying the measurement event and/or measurement results.
  • the terminal device autonomously determines the target cell information and/or all candidate cell information that meets the conditional switching measurement configuration carried in the indication information.
  • the indication information is a measurement report
  • the measurement report is a layer 1 measurement report (L1 Measurement Report) and/or a layer 3 measurement report.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the source cell to perform advance data forwarding and/or instruct the target cell to perform dynamic scheduling.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device does not send indication information.
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell meets the conditional handover measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device performs conventional conditional handover (CHO), refer to protocol TS 38.300, 9.2.3.4 for details.
  • CHO conditional handover
  • the terminal device when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the terminal device performs a random access-based (RACH-based) LTM cell switching.
  • RACH-based random access-based
  • the candidate cell when the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration and conditional execution conditions, the candidate cell is configured with terminal measurement time advance and the terminal has a candidate cell time advance for measurement and is configured with candidate cell configuration scheduling, the terminal device performs random access-free (RACH-less) LTM cell switching, refer to protocol TS 38.300, 9.2.3.5 for details.
  • RACH-less random access-free
  • the source cell sends fourth indication information and/or advances data forwarding.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) signaling and/or other existing Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the switching is a same (Intra) distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit) LTM cell switching, it is not necessary to send the fourth indication information.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source distributed unit sends a distributed unit-central unit cell switching notification to the central unit, and the central unit then sends a central unit-distributed unit cell switching notification to the target distributed unit.
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • the source central unit sends a handover request signaling and/or other existing inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling to the target central unit.
  • the fourth indication information carries at least one of a candidate cell identifier, a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) status identifier, and a conditional switching indication.
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the candidate cell and before receiving the response information, if at least one subsequent cell meets the conditional execution condition, it will execute at least one of the traditional conditional switching, LTM cell switching based on random access, and LTM cell switching based on free random access to switch to the candidate cell.
  • the specific method can refer to the above steps.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the candidate cell after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the terminal device receives dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell.
  • the target cell when at least one target cell satisfies a conditional execution condition, the target cell is regarded as a serving cell and/or a conditional LTM handover is triggered.
  • the terminal device has at least one of candidate cell time advance, application time advance and/or start time advance timer.
  • the dynamic scheduling information is received via a physical downlink control channel and/or scrambled via a cell radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI).
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identity
  • the target cell sends downlink control information and/or performs dynamic scheduling according to the third indication information.
  • the target cell determines the dynamic scheduling beam based on the sent configuration indication status identifier and/or the candidate cell identifier.
  • the target cell sends dynamic scheduling information, including: performing dynamic scheduling (DG, Dynamic Grant) through downlink control information.
  • dynamic scheduling DG, Dynamic Grant
  • DG Dynamic Grant
  • the dynamic scheduling information sent by the target cell is received, thereby accelerating the terminal device LTM switching execution judgment and/or reducing network resource waste by determining that the dynamic scheduling is still within the effective time.
  • the terminal device sends the switching completion information in advance according to the dynamic scheduling information and/or the terminal device measurement time.
  • the switching completion information includes radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data.
  • the terminal device measurement time advance is a time advance value for the terminal device to measure the candidate cell according to the terminal device measurement time advance configuration.
  • the terminal device performs random-free access based on the measured time advance value and applies the time advance value.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration may also be used by a network device to perform advance data forwarding, and therefore, may also be referred to as an advance data forwarding measurement configuration, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first network device determines or generates fourth indication information according to the measurement report and sends it to the second network device, and then the second network device performs advance data forwarding and/or dynamic scheduling process according to the fourth indication information, thereby improving the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, and can execute the advance data forwarding process, thereby reducing the interruption delay caused by switching; and/or reducing the waste of network resources by performing dynamic scheduling.
  • the processing method can be applied to a terminal device (such as a mobile phone), and includes the following steps:
  • S1 Send second indication information so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes a random access preamble and/or a measurement report.
  • the network device includes a first network device and/or a second network device.
  • the first network device includes a source cell.
  • the second network device includes a candidate cell.
  • the source cell obtains pre-configuration information of at least one candidate cell, including: conditional handover configuration and/or conditional LTM handover configuration of the candidate cell.
  • the preconfiguration information is used to indicate the sending of a random access preamble.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional switching configuration may be a conditional reconfiguration, which is used for conditional switching and/or triggering an early data forwarding process.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration may be a conditional LTM reconfiguration, which is used for conditional LTM switching and/or triggering an advance data forwarding process.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration may be independently sent and/or configured via RRC reconfiguration signaling, for example, not included in the conditional handover configuration.
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the sending of a random access preamble.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event (Event) and/or a measurement threshold (Threshold).
  • Event a measurement event
  • Threshold a measurement threshold
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range and/or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, or the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, and the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, and may also include: the target cell signal strength plus the signal strength compensation value is greater than the serving cell signal strength, the target cell signal quality plus the signal quality compensation value is greater than the serving cell signal quality, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio plus the signal-to-noise ratio compensation value is greater than the serving cell signal-to-noise ratio.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration is further used to provide a source cell with a decision on executing early data forwarding.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is also used to trigger a dynamic scheduling process.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration and/or a measurement configuration.
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of: measurement resources, measurement carriers, physical cell identifiers, reporting resources, and serving cell identifiers; the measurement configuration includes: measurement events, measurement carriers, and reporting configurations, etc.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the neighboring cell measurement specific compensation value is greater than the neighboring cell measurement specific compensation value in the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration, therefore, the neighboring cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example: the measurement event entry condition is: the neighboring cell measurement result plus the specific compensation value is greater than the threshold value; the measurement event exit condition is: the neighboring cell measurement result plus the specific compensation value is less than the threshold value, optionally, the conditional switching measurement configuration
  • the compensation value in the conditional execution configuration is greater than the compensation value in the conditional execution configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength, signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information further includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration, configuration scheduling configuration, candidate cell complete configuration indication, and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration and/or LTM channel state information report configuration.
  • the scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information.
  • the configuration scheduling configuration includes: configuring scheduling type 1.
  • the candidate cell is a cell in a traditional R17 version and a version before it and/or an LTM cell.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by an identifier, for example, at least one of a conditional switching configuration identifier, an LTM candidate identifier, and an LTM conditional candidate identifier.
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to a serving cell, for example, the serving cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the source cell sends at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell conditional switching configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information is pre-configuration information and is used for continuous switching, for example: the conditional switching configuration is not released after the conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching is completed.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion to the source cell.
  • a condition for triggering sending the second indication information is: a measurement condition is met.
  • the measurement condition is satisfied, including at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the measurement event.
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the measurement event.
  • the second indication information is sent by the terminal device, and the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information, thereby improving the mechanism of random access conditional switching and/or random access conditional LTM switching.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart of a processing method according to a twelfth embodiment. Based on any of the above embodiments, this embodiment further discloses step S1, and the specific steps include at least one of the following:
  • S11 Sending a random access preamble to the second network device, so that the second network device determines or generates response information corresponding to the random access preamble and sends it to the first network device, and the first network device performs early data forwarding based on the response information;
  • S12 Sending a measurement report to the first network device, so that the first network device performs early data forwarding based on the measurement report;
  • S13 Sending a random access preamble to the second network device, so that the second network device determines or generates response information corresponding to the random access preamble and sends it to the first network device, and the first network device determines or generates third indication information based on the response information and sends it to the second network device, so that the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information according to the third indication information;
  • S14 Send a measurement report to the first network device, so that the first network device determines or generates fourth indication information based on the measurement report and sends the fourth indication information to the second network device, so that the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information according to the fourth indication information.
  • the response information includes at least one of advance data forwarding indication information, time advance information and scheduling information.
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information.
  • step S11 after the terminal device completes the evaluation of the candidate cells based on the pre-configuration information, if at least one candidate cell meets the conditional switching measurement configuration, a random access preamble is sent to the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device directly sends the random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the data forwarding process in advance; and/or, by performing uplink synchronization with the candidate cell in advance, the interruption delay caused by switching can be reduced.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends response information to the source cell (first network device).
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in the same distribution unit, for example: the first network device is a serving cell, and the second network device is a candidate cell.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first distribution unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second distribution unit.
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units, for example: the first network device is a serving cell in a first central unit, and the second network device is a candidate cell in a second central unit.
  • the response information includes: timing advance (TA, Timing Advance) and/or scheduling information (UL Grant).
  • TA timing advance
  • UL Grant scheduling information
  • the source cell sends response information to the terminal device, and the response information responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device to the target cell.
  • the response information includes: at least one of a random access response, an LTM switching command and a MAC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling consists of a MAC subheader and/or a MAC CE.
  • the response information carries: time advance and/or scheduling information.
  • the response information includes an early data forwarding indication.
  • the source cell receives response information sent by the candidate cell, sends early data forwarding signaling feedback to the candidate cell, and performs early data forwarding.
  • the source cell receives the response information sent by the candidate cell, sends third indication information to the candidate cell, and the candidate cell sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device according to the third indication information.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an existing inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the early data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER.
  • the source cell performs advance data forwarding based on the advance data forwarding indication in the response information, thereby enabling the source cell to learn through the response information sent by the candidate cell that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell, so that the early data forwarding process can be executed, for example: if the advance data forwarding indication is "1", it means that early data forwarding is executed; and/or, if the advance data forwarding indication is "0", it means that early data forwarding is not performed.
  • the source cell may also determine whether to perform early data forwarding according to its own algorithm. For example, if the response information of the candidate cell does not carry an early data forwarding indication, the source cell independently determines whether to perform early data forwarding.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the candidate cell after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data schedule
  • the terminal device receives the new downlink data schedule and regards that the conditional switching is completed.
  • step S12 after the terminal device completes the evaluation of the candidate cells based on the pre-configuration information, if at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, a measurement report is reported.
  • the measurement report is a layer one (L1, Layer 1) measurement report and/or a layer three measurement report.
  • the measurement report includes indication information for instructing the source cell to perform early data forwarding.
  • the reporting indication information may also be that the current serving cell measurement result satisfies the measurement report.
  • the measurement report carries the candidate cell measurement result, for example, the candidate cell measurement result is carried during the serving cell periodic measurement reporting process.
  • the serving cell measurement result carrying the candidate cell measurement result further includes: when the subsequent cell meets the measurement event, the reporting indication information carries the candidate cell measurement result, for example: when the serving cell meets the measurement event A3 and the candidate cell meets the event A7, the measurement report carries the candidate cell measurement result.
  • the indication information may also be in at least one of the following ways: RRC signaling, for example: RRC reconfiguration completed; and/or MAC signaling, for example: MAC subheader, MAC CE and UCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • At least one of the RRC signaling, MAC signaling and UCI carries early data forwarding indication information.
  • the terminal device may also perform the uplink synchronization process in advance.
  • the source cell initiates an early data forwarding process for the candidate cell based on the indication information sent by the terminal device, for example: if the early data forwarding indication is "1", it means that early data forwarding is performed; and/or, if the early data forwarding indication is "0", it means that early data forwarding is not performed.
  • the source cell sends an advance data forwarding signaling to the candidate cell.
  • the early data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER.
  • the source cell may also determine the candidate cell for which early data forwarding is to be performed based on the measurement results reported by the terminal device. For example, the source cell determines whether the candidate cell enters the reporting range based on the measurement results of the candidate cell. When the candidate cell enters the reporting range, early data forwarding is performed on the candidate cell.
  • the source cell may also determine a candidate cell for dynamic scheduling based on the measurement result reported by the terminal device, and send fourth indication information to the candidate cell.
  • the candidate cell sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device based on the fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an interface interaction signaling.
  • the terminal device receives dynamic scheduling information sent by the second network device.
  • the dynamic adjustment information is used to indicate the sending of radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data.
  • the dynamic mobilization information is received according to the dynamic scheduling duration and/or the scheduling triggering duration.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal device when at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional execution configuration, the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • conditional switching process includes: a random access process and/or a random access-free process.
  • the random access process includes: 2-Step Random Access and 4-Step Random Access.
  • a random access procedure is initiated for the candidate cell immediately after sending advance data forwarding indication information to the source cell.
  • the target cell and the serving cell have the same time advance (TA) and/or the time advance value is zero, random access-free is performed.
  • TA time advance
  • conditional switching process also includes: LTM conditional switching.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data schedule
  • the terminal device receives the new downlink data schedule and regards that the conditional switching is completed.
  • conditional switching configuration can also be used for continuous switching, that is, to continue to evaluate other candidate cells, so that the current serving cell is informed of the next candidate cell to which the terminal device is about to switch, and execute the advance data forwarding process.
  • the second indication information is specifically sent through the terminal device, so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information, thereby improving the mechanism of random access condition-free switching and/or random access condition-free LTM switching, which can reduce the interruption delay caused by switching and/or save network resources.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flow chart of a processing method according to a thirteenth embodiment.
  • the processing method can be applied to a second network device (eg, a base station), and includes the following steps:
  • S3 Receive at least one of the advance forwarding data, third indication information, and fourth indication information sent by the first network device based on the first indication information, where the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information is used to perform dynamic scheduling.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report.
  • the second network device sends preconfiguration information to the first network device.
  • the second network device is included in the candidate cell.
  • the first network device is included in the source cell.
  • the first network device obtains pre-configuration information of the second network device, including: conditional switching configuration and/or conditional LTM switching configuration.
  • conditional switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching configuration may be a conditional reconfiguration, which is used for conditional switching and/or triggering an early data forwarding process.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration may be a conditional LTM reconfiguration, which is used for conditional LTM switching and/or triggering an advance data forwarding process.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration may be independently sent and/or configured via RRC reconfiguration signaling, for example, not included in the conditional handover configuration.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes a conditional execution condition configuration and/or a conditional switching measurement configuration.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes: a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold.
  • the measurement event and/or the measurement threshold is used to determine whether the measured cell enters a service range, that is, the measurement result enters a predetermined range or meets a threshold.
  • the measurement event is a new measurement event, such as Event A7, or an existing measurement event, such as Event A3/A4. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the new measurement event is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than a signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than a signal quality threshold, or the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a signal-to-noise ratio threshold.
  • the measurement threshold includes: an entry range threshold, and the entry range threshold is used to indicate that the target cell measurement result enters a preset range, for example: the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration is further used to provide a source cell with a decision on executing early data forwarding.
  • conditional execution condition configuration includes a measurement configuration, including: a reference signal measurement configuration and/or a measurement configuration.
  • the reference signal measurement configuration includes: at least one of a measurement resource, a measurement carrier, a physical cell identifier, a reporting resource, and a serving cell identifier.
  • the measurement configuration includes: measurement events, measurement carriers and reporting configurations, etc.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching.
  • the measurement event includes a conditional switching measurement event.
  • the setting conditions of the conditional switch measurement configuration are looser than the conditional execution condition configuration, for example:
  • the neighbor cell measurement specific compensation value is greater than the neighbor cell measurement specific compensation value of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement threshold in the conditional handover measurement configuration is less than the specific compensation value for neighbor cell measurement of the measurement event in the conditional execution condition configuration. Therefore, the neighbor cell measurement result preferentially satisfies the conditional handover measurement configuration.
  • the measurement event or the measurement threshold may be at least one of signal strength, signal quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio.
  • the candidate cell conditional switching configuration information further includes: at least one of: early uplink synchronization configuration, configuration scheduling configuration, candidate cell complete configuration indication, and new terminal radio temporary identity (newUE-Identity).
  • the layer one measurement configuration includes: LTM channel state information resource configuration and/or LTM channel state information report configuration.
  • the scheduling configuration is also associated with beam information.
  • the configuration scheduling configuration includes: configuring scheduling type 1.
  • the candidate cell is a cell in a traditional R17 version and a version before it and/or an LTM cell.
  • the candidate cell configuration information is distinguished by an identifier, for example, at least one of a conditional switching configuration identifier, an LTM candidate identifier, and an LTM conditional candidate identifier.
  • conditional execution condition configuration and/or conditional switching measurement configuration is also applicable to a serving cell, for example, the serving cell satisfies measurement event A2 and/or event A5 and/or periodic reporting.
  • the first network device sends the conditional switching configuration information of the second network device through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal device stores the received conditional switching configuration information of the second network device locally.
  • conditional switching configuration information is pre-configuration information and is used for continuous switching.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration completion to the source cell.
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the second network device satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result, for example: judging whether the measurement event parameters are met and/or whether the measurement result is greater than a threshold based on the measurement result of the candidate cell, for example: the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement event Event A7, and/or the measurement result of the candidate cell satisfies the measurement threshold.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition, for example: judging whether the measurement configuration is satisfied according to the candidate cell measurement result, including: the candidate cell measurement result satisfies the measurement event.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether at least one candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration, for example, at least one candidate cell measurement result satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold, the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold, and the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold;
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality entry range threshold
  • the target cell signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio entry range threshold
  • the terminal device in response to satisfying the measurement condition, sends a random access preamble to the second network device.
  • the second network device determines or generates response information corresponding to the random access preamble.
  • the second network device sends the determined or generated response information to the first network device, and the first network device performs early data forwarding based on the response information.
  • the response information includes at least one of advance data forwarding indication information, time advance information and scheduling information.
  • a random access preamble is sent to the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device directly sends the random access preamble to the candidate cell, which can indicate that the terminal device has entered the range of the candidate cell and can prepare for the data forwarding process in advance; and/or, by performing uplink synchronization with the candidate cell in advance, the interruption delay caused by switching can be reduced.
  • the response information includes: at least one of a random access response, an LTM switching command and a MAC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling consists of a MAC subheader and/or a MAC CE.
  • the response information carries: time advance and/or scheduling information.
  • the response information includes an early data forwarding indication.
  • the first network device receives response information sent by the candidate cell, sends early data forwarding signaling feedback to the second network device, and performs early data forwarding.
  • the early data forwarding signaling includes: EARLY STATUS TRANSFER and/or SN STATUS TRANSFER.
  • the first network device performs advance data forwarding according to the advance data forwarding indication in the response information, thereby enabling the first network device to learn through the response information sent by the second network device that the terminal device has entered the range of the second network device, thereby executing the advance data forwarding process.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition configuration.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is a candidate cell that meets the conditional execution condition by evaluating whether the candidate cell measurement result meets the measurement event.
  • the terminal device initiates a conditional switching process to the second network device.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the second network device after performing conditional switching.
  • conditional switching process is random access-free conditional switching and/or random access-free conditional LTM switching.
  • the second network device sends a new downlink data schedule, and the terminal device receives the new downlink data schedule and regards that the conditional switching is completed.
  • conditional switching configuration can also be used for continuous switching, that is, to continue to evaluate other candidate cells, so that the second network device knows the next candidate cell to which the terminal device is about to switch and executes the advance data forwarding process.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • conditional switching configuration can be a conditional reconfiguration, which is used for conditional switching and/or triggering early data forwarding process.
  • conditional LTM switching configuration can be a conditional LTM reconfiguration, which is used for conditional LTM switching and/or triggering early data forwarding process.
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger a conditional switch and/or a conditional LTM switch.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold.
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger the first network device to send third indication information and/or fourth indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information is determined or generated by the first network device based on the response information.
  • the response information is determined or generated by the second network device based on the random access preamble sent by the terminal device.
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the fourth indication information is determined or generated by the first network device based on the measurement report.
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device according to the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information.
  • the dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data.
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the sending of a random access preamble.
  • the first network device sends pre-configuration information of at least one candidate cell through RRC reconfiguration signaling.
  • conditional handover measurement configuration may be independently sent and/or configured via RRC reconfiguration signaling, for example, not included in the conditional handover configuration.
  • the terminal device receives at least one candidate cell pre-configuration information and stores it locally.
  • the pre-configuration information can also be used for subsequent handover and/or continuous cell switching.
  • the terminal device switches the measurement configuration according to the condition and performs measurement to obtain a measurement result.
  • the terminal device evaluates whether the candidate cell satisfies the conditional switching measurement configuration based on the measurement result.
  • the terminal device synchronously evaluates whether the measurement result satisfies the conditional execution condition configuration.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device identifies the conditional switching candidate cell in advance through measurement, it can perform early uplink synchronization with the candidate cell so that the source cell determines the candidate cell that needs to perform early data forwarding.
  • the terminal device can also assist the source cell in determining the candidate cell that needs to perform early data forwarding through indication information, that is, the terminal device assists the first network device in determining the second network device that needs to perform early data forwarding through indication information.
  • the terminal device may send a random access preamble to the candidate cell.
  • the candidate cell responds to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device and sends a response message to the source cell, such as HANDOVER REQUEST ACKON WLEDGE or other Xn interface interaction signaling between base stations, which is not limited in this application.
  • the source cell receives response information sent by the candidate cell, feeds back advance data forwarding signaling to the candidate cell, and performs advance data forwarding.
  • the terminal device may also report a measurement report to the source cell.
  • the source cell initiates an early data forwarding process for the candidate cell based on the measurement report sent by the terminal device, for example: the measurement report shows that the candidate cell enters the measurement reporting range.
  • the first network device may determine the second network device that needs to perform early data forwarding through the response information and/or the measurement report.
  • the terminal device continuously evaluates whether there are candidate cells that meet the conditions to execute conditional configuration.
  • the terminal when at least one candidate cell meets the conditional execution condition, the terminal initiates a conditional switching process for the candidate cell.
  • the terminal device sends RRC reconfiguration completion signaling and/or the first uplink data to the second network device.
  • the terminal device receives new downlink data scheduling sent by the second network device and determines that the switching is completed.
  • new downlink data is obtained by forwarding data in advance.
  • the second network device receives at least one of the advance forwarding data, the third indication information and the fourth indication information sent by the first network device based on the first indication information, and the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information are used to perform dynamic scheduling, thereby improving the mechanism of random access conditional switching and/or the mechanism of random access conditional LTM switching. By introducing new measurement events and/or enhancing existing measurement events, it is used to determine whether the second network device enters the measurement reporting range.
  • the terminal device When the second network device enters the reporting range, the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the second network device, performs early uplink synchronization, and enables the second network device to determine or generate response information and send it to the first network device to perform early data forwarding; and/or, dynamic scheduling is performed according to the received third indication information and/or fourth indication information, which can save dynamic scheduling resources.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device can be mounted on or is the first network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing device shown in Figure 15 can be used to perform some or all of the functions in the method embodiment described in the above embodiment.
  • the processing device 1100 includes:
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to execute an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report.
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • fourth indication information is determined or generated and sent to the second network device, so that the second network device sends dynamic scheduling information to the terminal device according to the fourth indication information.
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information is determined or generated by the second network device according to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device;
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • Dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication; and/or, the conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application has similar implementation principles and beneficial effects to the technical solutions shown in the above-mentioned corresponding method embodiments, and will not be described in detail here.
  • Figure 16 is a second structural diagram of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device can be mounted on or is the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing device 1200 includes:
  • the sending module 1201 is used to send second indication information so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes a random access preamble and/or a measurement report; and/or, the network device includes a first network device and/or a second network device.
  • sending the second indication information so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information includes at least one of advance data forwarding indication information, time advance information and scheduling information;
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • Dynamic scheduling information is used for sending radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • Dynamic scheduling information is received based on the dynamic scheduling duration
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication; and/or, the conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • a condition for triggering sending the second indication information is: a measurement condition is met.
  • the measurement condition is satisfied, including at least one of the following:
  • the target cell signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold
  • the target cell signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold
  • the target cell signal strength enters the signal strength range threshold
  • the target cell signal quality enters the signal quality range threshold
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the target cell enters the signal-to-noise ratio range threshold
  • the candidate cell measurement result meets the LTM measurement event
  • the serving cell and the candidate cell meet the measurement event.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application has similar implementation principles and beneficial effects to the technical solutions shown in the above-mentioned corresponding method embodiments, and will not be described in detail here.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device can be installed in or is the second network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing device 1300 includes:
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to receive at least one of the advance forwarding data, third indication information and fourth indication information sent by the first network device based on the first indication information, and the third indication information and/or the fourth indication information is used to perform dynamic scheduling.
  • the first indication information includes response information and/or a measurement report; and/or, the apparatus further includes at least one of the following:
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • the pre-configuration information includes a conditional switching configuration and/or a conditional LTM switching configuration
  • the response information includes advance data forwarding indication information and/or time advance information
  • the measurement report includes at least one of a serving cell measurement result, a candidate cell measurement result, and advance data forwarding indication information;
  • the third indication information is determined or generated and sent by the second network device based on the response information
  • the fourth indication information is determined or generated and sent by the second network device based on the measurement report;
  • the dynamic scheduling information is used to indicate the sending of reconfiguration completion signaling and/or uplink data
  • Dynamic scheduling information is sent according to the dynamic scheduling duration
  • the pre-configuration information includes a sending indication of a random access preamble
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to a cell in the same distribution unit
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different distribution units
  • the first network device and the second network device belong to cells in different central units
  • the third indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling;
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of a central unit distributed unit cell switching notification, a distributed unit central unit cell switching notification, a switching request signaling, and an inter-base station Xn interface interaction signaling.
  • conditional switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication; and/or, the conditional LTM switching configuration includes at least one of a conditional execution condition configuration, a conditional switching measurement configuration, and an early uplink synchronization indication.
  • the device further comprises at least one of the following:
  • conditional execution condition is configured to trigger conditional switching and/or conditional LTM switching
  • conditional switching measurement configuration is used to trigger an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process
  • the conditional switching measurement configuration includes a measurement event and/or a measurement threshold
  • the early uplink synchronization indication is used to indicate the transmission of the random access preamble.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application is similar to the technical solution shown in the above-mentioned corresponding method embodiment in terms of its implementation principle and beneficial effects, which will not be further described herein. No further elaboration.
  • the communication device 160 described in this embodiment can be a terminal device (or a component that can be used for a terminal device) or a network device (or a component that can be used for a network device) mentioned in the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device 160 can be used to implement the method corresponding to the terminal device or the network device described in the aforementioned method embodiment, and specifically refer to the description in the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device 160 may include one or more processors 161, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and may implement certain control or processing functions.
  • the processor 161 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, etc. For example, it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process the communication protocol and communication data
  • the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 161 may also store instructions 163 or data (eg, intermediate data).
  • the instructions 163 may be executed by the processor 161, so that the communication device 160 executes the method corresponding to the terminal device or network device described in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 160 may include a circuit, which can implement the functions of sending or receiving or communicating in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the communication device 160 may include one or more memories 162, on which instructions 164 may be stored. The instructions may be executed on the processor 161, so that the communication device 160 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 162.
  • the processor 161 and the memory 162 may be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 160 may further include a transceiver 165 and/or an antenna 166.
  • the processor 161 may be referred to as a processing unit, and controls the communication device 160 (terminal device or core network device or wireless access network device).
  • the transceiver 165 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 160.
  • the transceiver 165 can receive pre-configuration information; and the processor 161 can send second indication information in response to meeting the measurement conditions, so that the network device performs an advance data forwarding process and/or a dynamic scheduling process based on the second indication information.
  • the specific implementation process of the processor 161 and the transceiver 165 can refer to the relevant description of the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first indication information may be received by the transceiver 165 .
  • the specific implementation process of the processor 161 and the transceiver 165 can refer to the relevant description of the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 161 and the transceiver 165 described in the present application can be implemented in an IC (Integrated Circuit), an analog integrated circuit, an RFIC (Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit), a mixed signal integrated circuit, an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), a PCB (Printed Circuit Board), an electronic device, etc.
  • IC Integrated Circuit
  • RFIC Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • PCB Print Circuit Board
  • the processor 161 and the transceiver 165 can also be manufactured using various integrated circuit process technologies, such as CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), NMOS (NMetal-Oxide-Semiconductor), PMOS (Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor), BJT (Bipolar Junction Transistor), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
  • NMOS NMetal-Oxide-Semiconductor
  • PMOS Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor
  • BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the communication device may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a base station), which needs to be determined according to the context.
  • the terminal device may be implemented in various forms.
  • the terminal device described in this application may include mobile terminals such as mobile phones, tablet computers, laptop computers, PDAs, portable media players (PMPs), navigation devices, wearable devices, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc., as well as fixed terminal devices such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • the communication device is described by taking a terminal device or a network device as an example, the scope of the communication device described in the present application is not limited to the above terminal device or network device, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by Figure 18.
  • the communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a terminal device as in any of the above embodiments; and a network device as in any of the above embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a memory and a processor, wherein a processing program is stored in the memory, and when the processing program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
  • the communication device in this application can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone), or a first network device or a second network device (such as a base station).
  • a terminal device such as a mobile phone
  • a first network device such as a base station
  • a second network device such as a base station
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, on which a processing program is stored.
  • the processing program is executed by a processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请技术方案通过基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以在切换过程中及时执行提前数据转发流程，和/或及时执行动态调度流程。

Description

处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
优先权声明
本申请以在先国际专利申请为基础，在当前专利申请中依法要求2023年10月31日申请的、申请号为“PCT/CN2023/128726”、申请名称为“处理方法、通信设备及存储介质”的国际专利申请的优先权，以及2024年4月10日申请的、申请号为“PCT/CN2024/087055”、申请名称为“处理方法、通信设备及存储介质”的国际专利申请的优先权，将二者的部分内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种处理方法、通信设备及存储介质。
背景技术
条件切换(Conditional Handover,CHO)是一种在无线通信网络中优化切换性能的技术，其优势在于可以减少不必要的信令开销，提高切换成功率，降低切换延迟。
在构思及实现本申请过程中，发明人发现至少存在如下问题：免随机接入条件切换机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换机制不完善，例如，终端设备执行免随机接入条件切换过程中，目标基站无法对其他候选基站发送提前数据转发，和/或，候选基站在没有获得通知的情形下无法执行动态调度。
前面的叙述在于提供一般的背景信息，并不一定构成现有技术。
技术解决方案
本申请的主要目的在于提供一种处理方法、通信设备及存储介质，旨在完善免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制。
为实现上述目的，本申请提供的一种处理方法，可应用于第一网络设备(如基站)，包括步骤：
S2：基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
接收第二网络设备发送的预配置信息；
发送预配置信息至终端设备；
接收第二网络设备发送的响应信息；
接收终端设备发送的测量报告；
基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息由第二网络设备根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导确定或生成；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
本申请还提供一种处理方法，可应用于终端设备(如手机)，包括步骤：
S1：发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第二指示信息包括随机接入前导和/或测量报告。
可选地，网络设备包括第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。
可选地，步骤S1，包括以下至少一项：
发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息执行提前数据转发；
发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息；
发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告执行提前数据转发；
发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
接收第一网络设备发送的预配置信息；
接收第一网络设备发送的响应信息；
响应于满足条件执行条件配置，执行条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
接收第二网络设备发送的动态调度信息；
发送无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据至第二网络设备。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息、时间提前信息及调度信息中的至少一项；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
动态调度信息依据动态调度时长接收；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，触发发送第二指示信息的条件为：满足测量条件。
可选地，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足LTM测量事件。
本申请还提供一种处理方法，可应用于第二网络设备(如基站)，包括步骤：
S3：接收第一网络设备基于第一指示信息发送的提前转发数据、第三指示信息以及第四指示信息中的至少一项，所述第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息用于执行动态调度。
可选地，所述第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
发送预配置信息至第一网络设备；
接收随机接入前导；
发送随机接入前导对应的响应信息至第一网络设备；
根据第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
接收无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
第三指示信息由第二网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成并发送；
第四指示信息由第二网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成并发送；
动态调度信息用于指示无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
动态调度信息依据动态调度时长发送；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
本申请还提供一种通信设备，包括：存储器、处理器，存储器上存储有处理程序，处理程序被处理器执行时实现如上任一所述的处理方法的步骤。
本申请中的通信设备，可以是终端设备(如手机)，也可以是第一网络设备(如基站)，还可以是第二网络设备(如基站)，具体所指，需要根据上下文加以明确。
本申请还提供一种存储介质，所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如上任一所述的处理方法的步骤。
本申请技术方案通过基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制。
附图说明
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分，示出了符合本申请的实施例，并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理。为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，对于本领域普通技术人员而言，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为实现本申请各个实施例的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图；
图3为本申请提供的一种控制器140的硬件结构示意图；
图4为本申请提供的一种网络节点150的硬件结构示意图；
图5为根据第一实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图；
图6为根据第二实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图；
图7为根据第三实施例示出的交互流程示意图；
图8为根据第四实施例示出的交互流程示意图；
图9为根据第六实施例示出的交互流程示意图；
图10为根据第八实施例示出的交互流程示意图；
图11为根据第十实施例示出的交互流程示意图；
图12为根据第十一实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图；
图13为根据第十二实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图；
图14为根据第十三实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一；
图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二；
图17为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三；
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。
本申请目的的实现、功能特点及优点将结合实施例，参照附图做进一步说明。通过上述附图，已示出本申请明确的实施例，后文中将有更详细的描述。这些附图和文字描述并不是为了通过任何方式限制本申请构思的范围，而是通过参考特定实施例为本领域技术人员说明本申请的概念。
本申请的实施方式
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明，其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时，除非另有表示，不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反，它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素，和/或，本申请不同实施例中具有同样命名的部件、特征、要素可能具有相同含义，也可能具有不同含义，其具体含义需以其在该具体实施例中的解释或者进一步结合该具体实施例中上下文进行确定。
应当理解，尽管在本文可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息，但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如，在不脱离本文范围的情况下，第一信息也可以被称为第二信息，类似地，第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语″如果″可以被解释成为″在……时″或″当……时″或″响应于确定″。再者，如同在本文中所使用的，单数形式“一”、“一个”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式，除非上下文中有相反的指示。应当进一步理解，术语“包含”、“包括”表明存在所述的特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组，但不排除一个或多个其他特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组的存在、出现或添加。本申请使用的术语“或”、“和/或”、“包括以下至少一个”等可被解释为包括性的，或意味着任一个或任何组合。例如，“包括以下至少一个：A、B、C”意味着“以下任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A和B和C”，再如，“A、B或C”或者“A、B和/或C”意味着“以下任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A和B和C”。仅当元件、功能、步骤或操作的组合在某些方式下内在地互相排斥时，才会出现该定义的例外。
应该理解的是，虽然本申请实施例中的流程图中的各个步骤按照箭头的指示依次显示，但是这些步骤并不是必然按照箭头指示的顺序依次执行。除非本文中有明确的说明，这些步骤的执行并没有严格的顺序限制，其可以以其他的顺序执行。而且，图中的至少一部分步骤可以包括多个子步骤或者多个阶段，这些子步骤或者阶段并不必然是在同一时刻执行完成，而是可以在不同的时刻执行，其执行顺序也不必然是依次进行，而是可以与其他步骤或者其他步骤的子步骤或者阶段的至少一部分轮流或者交替地执行。
取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语“如果”、“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测”。类似地，取决于语境，短语“如果确定”或“如果检测(陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释成为“当确定时”或“响应于确定”或“当检测(陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测(陈述的条件或事件)”。
需要说明的是，在本文中，采用了诸如S1、S2等步骤代号，其目的是为了更清楚简要地表述相应内容，不构成顺序上的实质性限制，本领域技术人员在具体实施时，可能会先执行S2后执行S1等，但这些均应在本申请的保护范围之内。
应当理解，此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请，并不用于限定本申请。
在后续的描述中，使用用于表示元件的诸如“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”的后缀仅为了有利于本申请的说明，其本身没有特定的意义。因此，“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”可以混合地使用。
本申请中的通信设备，可以是终端设备(如手机)，也可以是第一网络设备(如基站)，还可以是第二网络设备(如基站)，具体所指，需要根据上下文加以明确。
终端设备可以以各种形式来实施。例如，本申请中描述的终端设备可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player，PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等智能终端设备，以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端设备。
后续描述中将以移动终端为例进行说明，本领域技术人员将理解的是，除了特别用于移动目的的元件之外，根据本申请的实施方式的构造也能够应用于固定类型的终端设备。
请参阅图1，其为实现本申请各个实施例的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图，该移动终端100可以包括：RF(Radio Frequency，射频)单元101、WiFi模块102、音频输出单元103、A/V(音频/视频)输入单元104、传感器105、显示单元106、用户输入单元107、接口单元108、存储器109、处理器110、以及电源111等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解，图1中示出的移动终端结构并不构成对移动终端的限定，移动终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
下面结合图1对移动终端的各个部件进行具体的介绍：
射频单元101可用于收发信息或通话过程中，信号的接收和发送，具体的，将基站的下行信息接收后，给处理器110处理：另外，将上行的数据发送给基站。通常，射频单元101包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。和/或，射频单元101还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于GSM(Global System of Mobile communication，全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(General Packet Radio Service，通用分组无线服务)、CDMA2000(Code Division Multiple Access 2000，码分多址2000)、WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，宽带码分多址)、TD-SCDMA(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access，时分同步码分多址)、FDD-LTE(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，频分双工长期演进)、TDD-LTE(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，分时双工长期演进)、5G和6G等。
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术，移动终端通过WiFi模块102可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等，它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图1示出了WiFi模块102，但是可以理解的是，其并不属于移动终端的必须构成，完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。
音频输出单元103可以在移动终端100处于呼叫信号接收模式、通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式、广播接收模式等等模式下时，将射频单元101或WiFi模块102接收的或者在存储器109中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且，音频输出单元103还可以提供与移动终端100执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如，呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元103可以包括扬声器、蜂鸣器等等。
A/V输入单元104用于接收音频或视频信号。A/V输入单元104可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)1041和麦克风1042，图形处理器1041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元106上。经图形处理器1041处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器109(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元101或WiFi模块102进行发送。麦克风1042可以在电话通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式等等运行模式中经由麦克风1042接收声音(音频数据)，并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频(语音)数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元101发送到移动通信基 站的格式输出。麦克风1042可以实施各种类型的噪声消除(或抑制)算法以消除(或抑制)在接收和发送音频信号的过程中产生的噪声或者干扰。
移动终端100还包括至少一项传感器105，比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。可选地，光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器，可选地，环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1061的亮度，接近传感器可在移动终端100移动到耳边时，关闭显示面板1061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种，加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小，静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向，可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等；至于手机还可配置的指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器，在此不再赘述。
显示单元106用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元106可包括显示面板1061，可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display，LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode，OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1061。
用户输入单元107可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与移动终端的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。可选地，用户输入单元107可包括触控面板1071以及其他输入设备1072。触控面板1071，也称为触摸屏，可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1071上或在触控面板1071附近的操作)，并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。触控面板1071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。可选地，触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位，并检测触摸操作带来的信号，将信号传送给触摸控制器；触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息，并将它转换成触点坐标，再送给处理器110，并能接收处理器110发来的命令并加以执行。和/或，可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1071。除了触控面板1071，用户输入单元107还可以包括其他输入设备1072。可选地，其他输入设备1072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种，具体此处不做限定。
可选地，触控面板1071可覆盖显示面板1061，当触控面板1071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后，传送给处理器110以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理器110根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图1中，触控面板1071与显示面板1061是作为两个独立的部件来实现移动终端的输入和输出功能，但是在某些实施例中，可以将触控面板1071与显示面板1061集成而实现移动终端的输入和输出功能，具体此处不做限定。
接口单元108用作至少一个外部装置与移动终端100连接可以通过的接口。例如，外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元108可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如，数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到移动终端100内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在移动终端100和外部装置之间传输数据。
存储器109可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器109可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区，可选地，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等；存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。和/或，存储器109可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。
处理器110是移动终端的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个移动终端的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器109内的软件程序和/或模块，以及调用存储在存储器109内的数据，执行移动终端的各种功能和处理数据，从而对移动终端进行整体监控。处理器110可包括一个或多个处理单元；优选的，处理器110可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，可选地，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器110中。
移动终端100还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源111(比如电池)，优选的，电源111可以通过电源管理系统与处理器110逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。
尽管图1未示出，移动终端100还可以包括蓝牙模块等，在此不再赘述。
为了便于理解本申请实施例，下面对本申请的移动终端所基于的通信网络系统进行描述。
请参阅图2，图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图，该通信网络系统为通用移动通信技术的NR(New Radio，新空口)系统，该NR系统包括依次通讯连接的UE(User Equipment，用户设备)201，E-UTRAN(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network，演进式UMTS陆地无线接入网)202，EPC(Evolved Packet Core，演进式分组核心网)203和运营商的IP业务204。
可选地，UE201可以是上述终端设备100，此处不再赘述。
E-UTRAN202包括eNodeB2021和其它eNodeB2022等。可选地，eNodeB2021可以通过回程(backhaul)(例如X2接口)与其它eNodeB2022连接，eNodeB2021连接到EPC203，eNodeB2021可以提供UE201到EPC203的接入。
EPC203可以包括MME(Mobility Management Entity，移动性管理实体)2031，HSS(Home Subscriber Server，归属用户服务器)2032，其它MME2033，SGW(Serving Gate Way，服务网关)2034，PGW(PDN Gate Way，分组数据网络网关)2035和PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function，政策和资费功能实体)2036等。可选地，MME2031是处理UE201和EPC203之间信令的控制节点，提供承载和连接管理。HSS2032用于提供一些寄存器来管理诸如归属位置寄存器(图中未示)之类的功能，并且保存有一些有关服务特征、数据速率等用户专用的信息。所有用户数据都可以通过SGW2034进行发送，PGW2035可以提供UE 201的IP地址分配以及其它功能，PCRF2036是业务数据流和IP承载资源的策略与计费控制策略决策点，它为策略与计费执行功能单元(图中未示)选择及提供可用的策略和计费控制决策。
IP业务204可以包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IPMultimedia Subsystem，IP多媒体子系统)或其它IP业务等。
虽然上述以LTE系统为例进行了介绍，但本领域技术人员应当知晓，本申请不仅仅适用于LTE系统，也可以适用于其他无线通信系统，例如GSM、CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA、5G以及未来新的网络系统(如6G)等，此处不做限定。
图3为本申请提供的一种控制器140的硬件结构示意图。该控制器140包括：存储器1401和处理器1402，存储器1401用于存储程序指令，处理器1402用于调用存储器1401中的程序指令执行上述方法实施例一中控制器所执行的步骤，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
可选地，上述控制器还包括通信接口1403，该通信接口1403可以通过总线1404与处理器1402连接。处理器1402可以控制通信接口1403来实现控制器140的接收和发送的功能。
图4为本申请提供的一种网络节点150的硬件结构示意图。该网络节点150包括：存储器1501和处理器1502，存储器1501用于存储程序指令，处理器1502用于调用存储器1501中的程序指令执行上述方法实施例一中首节点所执行的步骤，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
可选地，上述控制器还包括通信接口1503，该通信接口1503可以通过总线1504与处理器1502连接。处理器1502可以控制通信接口1503来实现网络节点150的接收和发送的功能。
上述以软件功能模块的形式实现的集成的模块，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。上述软件功能模块存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(英文：processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的部分步骤。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在存储介质中，或者从一个存储介质向另一个存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的 任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk，SSD)等。
基于上述移动终端硬件结构以及通信网络系统，提出本申请各个实施例。
第一实施例
参照图5，图5为根据第一实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图，本申请实施例的处理方法可应用于第一网络设备(如基站)，包括步骤：
S2：基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
可选地，在基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发之前，源小区(包括第一网络设备)接收至少一候选小区(包括第二网络设备)的预配置信息。
可选地，预配置信息包括服务小区预配置信息和/或至少一候选小区预配置信息。
可选地，第一网络设备发送预配置信息至终端设备，以使终端设备基于预配置信息执行测量，并提前识别出条件切换候选小区和/或条件LTM切换候选小区。
可选地，预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置。
可选地，预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置可以是条件重配(Conditional Reconfiguration)，用于条件切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置可以是条件LTM重配(Conditional LTM Reconfiguration)，用于条件LTM切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置用于触发第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息。
可选地，第三指示信息由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成。
可选地，响应信息由第二网络设备根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导确定或生成。
可选地，响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息。
可选地，第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，第四指示信息由第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成。
可选地，测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项。
可选地，第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，第二网络设备根据第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送。
可选地，提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，第一网络设备通过RRC重配(RRCReconfiguration)信令发送至少一个候选小区的预配置信息。
可选地，条件切换测量配置可独立通过RRC重配信令发送和/或配置，例如：不包含于条件切换配置内。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区预配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，所述预配置信息还可以用于连续切换(Subsequent handover)和/或连续小区切换(Subsequent cell switch)。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量，得到测量结果。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过测量提前识别出条件切换候选小区后，可以通过与候选小区执行提前上行同步，使源小区确定需要执行提前数据转发的候选小区。
可选地，终端设备通过测量提前识别出条件切换候选小区后，还可以通过指示信息辅助源小区确定需要执行提前数据转发的候选小区，即终端设备通过指示信息辅助第一网络设备确定需要执行提前数据转发的第二网络设备。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，可以由终端设备对候选小区发送随机接入前导。
可选地，候选小区响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区发送响应信息，例如：HANDOVER REQUEST ACKONWLEDGE或是其他现有和/或基站间交互信令，本申请不予以限定。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，将提前数据转发信令反馈至候选小区，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，还可以由终端设备上报测量报告至源小区。
可选地，源小区依据终端设备发送的测量报告对候选小区发起提前数据转发流程，例如：测量报告中呈现候选小区进入测量上报范围。
可选地，第一网络设备可以通过响应信息和/或测量报告确定需要执行提前数据转发的第二网络设备。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，终端对候选小区发起条件切换流程。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至第二网络设备。
可选地，终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的新的下行数据调度，确定切换完成。
可选地，新的下行数据通过提前数据转发获得。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以在切换过程中及时执行提前数据转发流程，和/或及时执行动态调度流程。
第二实施例
在本申请第一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了触发提前数据转发的方法。参照图6，图6为根据第二实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图，具体步骤包括：
S0：发送预配置信息至终端设备。
现有协议中，当终端设备接收到网络设备下发的条件切换(CHO，Conditional Handover)配置并反馈配置完成信令给原基站(Source gNB)，原基站在完成条件切换配置后可以执行提前数据转发(early data forwarding)，以减少切换中的数据传输时延，但如果通过增强条件切换用于LTM切换场景，原基站无法明确知道终端设备将切换至哪一个候选基站，因此无法执行提前数据转发，还将造成数据传输时延。
本申请实施例中通过第一指示信息使第一网络设备能够明确终端设备即将切换至第二网络设备，从而向第一网络设备执行提前数据转发。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)获取至少一个候选小区(第二网络设备)的预配置信息(LTM-Candidate)，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置(ltm-condCandidateConfig)。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件(ConditionalExecution condition)配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件(Event)和/或测量阈值(Threshold)。
可选地，条件切换测量配置用于网络设备执行提前数据转发，因此，也可以称为提前数据转发测量配置，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围或满足阈值。
可选地，所述测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，所述测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，还包括目标小区测量结果和/或加上特定偏移值后高于服务小区测量结果，例如：目标小区信号强度测量结果加上信号强度偏移值后大于服务小区信号强度测量结果、目标小区信号质量测量结果加上信号质量偏移值后大于服务小区信号质量测量结果、目标小区信噪比测量结果加上信噪比偏移值后大于服务小区信噪比测量结果。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还用于提供源小区执行提前数据转发判断。
可选地，条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置(CSI-MeasConfig)和/或测量配置(MeasConfig)。
可选地，参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识(PCI，Physical Cell Identity)、上报资源以及服务小区标识(Serving Cell Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，测量配置包括测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置中的至少一项。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区的测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，所述测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度(RSRP)、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比(SINR)中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置(EarlyUL-SyncConfig)、配置调度配置(ConfiguredGrantConfig)、候选小区完整配置指示(ltm-ConfigComplete)以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置(LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig)和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置(LTM-CSI-ReportConfig)。
可选地，所述配置调度配置还关联波束信息(TCI-State)。
可选地，所述配置调调度配置包括：配置调度类型1(CG Type 1)。
可选地，所述候选小区包括传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识(condReconfigID)、LTM候选标识(LTM-Ca ndidateId)以及LTM条件候选标识(LTM-condCandidateId)中的至少一项。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报，具体可参考现有技术，例如：协议TS 38.331，5.5.4章节。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)通过RRC重配信令发送至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息。
可选地，当候选小区条件切换配置包括终端设备测量时间提前配置，则指示底层终端设备被配置了终端设备测量时间提前和/或执行候选小区时间提前测量。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)给源小区。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过第一网络设备发送预配置信息至终端设备，引入新的测量事件和/或增强现有测量事件，用于判断候选小区是否进入测量上报范围，当存在至少一个候选小区进入上报范围则执行提前上行同步和/或上报指示信息，以使第一网络设备确定终端设备即将切换的第二网络设备，进而执行提前数据转发，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以使提前数据转发方法可以适用于多种切换场景，提高了提前数据转发方法的适用性，和/或，有助于减少切换过程中的数据传输时延。
第三实施例
参照图7，图7为根据第三实施例示出的交互流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了通过响应信息触发提前数据转发的方法。
可选地，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则对候选小区发送随机接入前导，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过提前与候选小区执行上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延。
可选地，候选小区(第二网络设备)响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区(第一网络设备)发送响应信息。
可选地，响应信息包括：时间提前(TA，Timing Advance)和/或调度信息(UL Grant)。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送响应信息，所述响应信息响应终端设备对目标小区发送的随机接入前导。
可选地，所述响应信息包括：随机接入响应、LTM切换命令以及MAC信令中的至少一项。
可选地，所述MAC信令通过MAC subheader和/或MAC CE组成。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送的响应信息携带时间提前和/或调度信息。
可选地，所述响应信息包括提前数据转发指示。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，发送提前数据转发信令反馈给候选小区，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，所述提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER，或是通过其他现有基站间交互信令转发，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，源小区依据响应信息中的提前数据转发指示，执行提前数据转发。由此方法使得源小区通过候选小区发送 的响应信息获知终端设备已进入该候选小区的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，存在候选小区测量结果同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备先对候选小区发送随机接入前导后执行条件切换至候选小区，具体方法可参照前述步骤。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备在执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至候选小区。
可选地，所述条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，如果条件切换为免随机接入，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备向第二网络设备发送随机接入前导，使第二网络设备确定或生成响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，进而使第一网络设备根据响应信息执行提前数据转发，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过提前与候选小区执行上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延；和/或，使源小区通过候选小区发送的响应信息获知终端设备已进入该候选小区的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程。
第四实施例
参照图8，图8为根据第四实施例示出的交互流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了通过指示信息触发提前数据转发的方法。
可选地，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则上报测量报告。
可选地，测量报告为层一(L1，Layer 1)测量报告和/或层三测量报告。
可选地，测量报告包括指示信息，用于指示源小区执行提前数据转发。
可选地，上报指示信息还可以是当前服务小区测量结果满足测量上报条件并执行测量上报。
可选地，测量上报携带服务小区测量结果和/或候选小区测量结果，例如：服务小区周期性测量上报过程中，携带候选小区测量结果。
可选地，服务小区测量结果携带候选小区测量结果还包括：当候选小区满足测量事件，上报指示信息携带候选小区测量结果，例如：服务小区满足测量事件A3且候选小区满足事件A7，则测量上报携带候选小区测量结果。
可选地，指示信息还可以是通过以下至少一种方式：RRC信令，例如：RRC重配完成；和/或，MAC信令，例如：MAC subheader、MACCE以及UCI等，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，RRC信令、MAC信令以及UCI中的至少一项携带提前数据转发指示信息。
可选地，终端设备还可以提前执行上行同步流程(Early UL synchronization)。
可选地，源小区依据终端设备发送的指示信息对候选小区发起提前数据转发流程。
可选地，源小区对候选小区发送提前数据转发信令，例如：第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送提前数据转发信令。
可选地，提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER。
可选地，源小区还可以依据终端设备上报的测量结果确定要执行提前数据转发的候选小区，例如：源小区根据候选小区测量结果判断候选小区是否进入上报范围，当候选小区进入上报范围，则对该候选小区执行提前数据转发。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程。
可选地，所述条件切换流程包括：随机接入流程和/或免随机接入流程。
可选地，所述随机接入流程包括：2步随机接入(2-Step Random Access)、4步随机接入(4-Step Random Access)。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置，在对源小区发送提前数据转发指示信息后随即对候选小区发起随机接入流程。
可选地，当目标小区与服务小区有相同时间提前(TA)和/或时间提前值为零，则执行免随机接入。
可选地，所述条件切换流程还包括：LTM条件切换。
可选地，终端设备切换至候选小区后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度并视为切换完成。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备向第一网络设备发送包含指示信息的测量报告，进而使第一网络设备根据指示信息执行提前数据转发，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，通过引入增强机制，使终端设备能提前发送指示信息，网络设备提前准备数据转发，减少因切换导致的数据传输中断时延，和/或，增强条件切换，减少信令开销，和/或，减少因切换导致的服务中断时延。
第五实施例
在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法。
现有协议中，条件切换仅一次性适用，即当终端设备完成条件切换后即释放所有条件切换配置，如果在条件切换基础上进一步增强以用于LTM切换场景，提前数据转发将造成资源浪费和/或基站间信令风暴，特别是在连续切换场景，当终端设备执行条件切换和/或条件LTM切换后，源小区则无法对其它候选小区执行提前数据转发，并存在一种可能，源小区对所有潜在候选小区发起提前数据转发。
本申请实施例中提出一种处理方法，将前述实施例中的技术方案用于连续切换。
可选地，根据前述实施例的方案，源小区(第一网络设备)获取至少一个候选小区的预配置信息，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置。
可选地，源小区通过RRC重配信令发送至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，当终端设备切换至目标小区后，不释放所述条件切换配置，而是仍通过条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置对其它候选小区进行评估，即终端设备切换至第二网络设备后，无需网络设备重新配置条件切换配置。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件和/或测量阈值。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，所述测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置、配置调度配置、候选小区完整配置指示以及新终端无线临时标识中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识、LTM候选标识以及LTM条件候选标识中的至少一项。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置对其它候选小区执行测量。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，当存在其它至少一候选小区(包括第三网络设备)满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备则可以向第三网络设备发送随机接入前导，以使第三网络设备响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向当前服务小区(即第二网络设备)发送响应信息。
可选地，当前服务小区接收响应信息，并发送提前数据转发信令反馈给第三网络设备，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，当存在其它至少一候选小区(包括第三网络设备)满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备也可以向当前服务小区(即第二网络设备)发送测量报告(指示信息)，进而使第二网络设备根据指示信息执行提前数据转发。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区(包括第三网络设备)满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对第三网络设备发起条件切换流程。
可选地，所述条件切换流程包括：随机接入流程和/或免随机接入流程。
可选地，所述随机接入流程包括：2步随机接入(2-Step Random Access)、4步随机接入(4-Step Random Access)。
可选地，当第三网络设备同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置，在发送指示信息后随即发起随机接入流程。
可选地，当目标小区与服务小区由相同时间提前(TA)和/或时间提前值为零，则执行免随机接入。
可选地，所述条件切换流程还包括：LTM条件切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，第三网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度。
可选地，第三网络设备也可以是所述第一网络设备，即终端设备可以从当前服务小区切换回上一次的源小区。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过将预配置信息用于连续切换，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，避免网络设备需要重新配置条件切换配置，减少网络信令的开销，和/或，减少终端设备处理信令造成的能耗；提高了提前数据转发方法在连续切换场景中的适用性；和/或，减少了连续切换场景中因切换导致的时延。
第六实施例
参照图9，图9为根据第六实施例示出的交互流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体公开了执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程的方法。
现有协议中，当终端设备满足条件切换触发条件后即自行与服务小区分离(Detach)并切换至目标小区，然而候选小区和/或基站在没有获得通知的情形下无法执行动态调度和/或造成动态调度资源浪费，特别是在连续条件LTM切换场景下，终端设备被配置至少一个候选小区，在多个候选小区间执行条件切换也会存在相同问题。
本申请实施例中提供一种优化免随机接入条件LTM切换过程中的动态调度流程的方法。
可选地，终端设备上报测量报告(MR，Measurement Report)。
可选地，测量报告为层三(L3，Layer3)测量报告。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)获取至少一个候选小区(第二网络设备)的预配置信息(LTM-Candidate)，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置(ltm-condCandidaeConfig)。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件(Conditional Execution condition)配置和/或条件切换测量(Conditional cell switch measurement)配置。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件(Event)和/或测量阈值(Threshold)。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置包括LTM测量事件。
可选地，LTM测量事件包括以下至少一项：
Event LTM2：服务小区波束低于门限值；
Event LTM3：候选小区波束加上偏移值后优于服务小区；
Event LTM4：候选小区波束高于门限值；
Event LTM5：服务小区波束低于第一门限值且候选小区波束高于第二门限值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置由源基站配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置用于执行提前上行同步和/或动态调度。
可选地，在相同分布单元(Intra-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为服务小区，第二网络设备为候选小区。
可选地，在不同分布单元(Inter-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一分布单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二分布单元中的候选小区。
可选地，在不同中心单元(Inter-CU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一中心单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二中心单元中的候选小区。
可选地，NR系统分布单元依据中心单元架构可参考协议TS 38.401，6.1.1。
可选地，LTM包含至少一个候选小区。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置还包括调度时长。
可选地，调度时长用于确认接收动态调度时间。
可选地，调度时长通过调度计时器(Dynamic grant timer)和/或调度时间窗(Dynamic grant window)触发。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围或满足阈值。
可选地，测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，还包括目标小区测量结果和/或加上特定偏移值后高于服务小区测量结果，例如：目标小区信号强度测量结果加上信号强度偏移值后大于服务小区信号强度测量结果、目标小区信号质量测量结果加上信号质量偏移值后大于服务小区信号质量测量结果、目标小区信噪比测量结果加上信噪比偏移值后大于服务小区信噪比测量结果。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还用于提供源小区执行提前数据转发判断。
可选地，条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置(CSI-MeasConfig)和/或测量配置(MeasConfig)。
可选地，参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识(PCI，Physical Cell Identity)、上报资源以及服务小区标识(Serving Cell Identity)中的至少一项；所述测量配置包括：测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置等。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区的测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度(RSRP)、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比(SINR)中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置(EarlyUL-SyncConfig)、配置调度配置(ConfiguredGrantConfig)、候选小区完整配置指示(ltm-ConfigComplete)以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置(LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig)和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置(LTM-CSI-ReportConfig)。
可选地，配置调度配置还关联波束信息(TCI-State)。
可选地，配置调度配置包括：配置调度类型1(CG Type 1)。
可选地，候选小区包括传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识(condReconfigID)、LTM候选标识(LTM-CandidateId)以及LTM条件候选标识(LTM-condCandidateId)中的至少一项。
可选地，条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报，具体可参考现有技术，例如：协议TS 38.331，5.5.4章节。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)通过RRC重配信令发送至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)给源小区。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备根据测量条件评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件。
可选地，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件。
可选地，候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件，例如Event LTM4。
可选地，服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件，例如Event LTM5。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还可用于网络设备执行提前数据转发，因此，也可以称为提前数据转发测量配置，具体可参考前述实施例中的方法，此处不再赘述。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过第一网络设备发送预配置信息至终端设备，引入新的测量事件和/或增强现有测量事件，用于判断候选小区是否进入测量上报范围，当存在至少一个候选小区进入上报范围则执行提前上行同步和/或上报指示信息，以使第一网络设备确定终端设备即将切换的第二网络设备，进而执行提前数据转发和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以使提前数据转发方法可以适用于多种切换场景，提高了提前数据转发方法的适用性，和/或，有助于减少切换过程中的数据传输时延，和/或，完善切换过程中的动态调度机制，有助于节省动态调度资源。
第七实施例
在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了基于响应信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程的方法。
可选地，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则对候选小区发送随机接入前导，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，与候选小区执行提前上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备对相应候选小区发送随机接入前导。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备自主决定要发送随机接入前导的小区。
可选地，终端设备依据候选小区提前上行同步配置发送随机接入前导。
可选地，终端设备依据条件执行条件自主实现要发送随机接入前导的候选小区，例如：存在即将满足触发条件的候选小区，并对相应候选小区发送随机接入前导。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区即将满足条件执行条件，终端设备自主决定要发送随机接入前导的小区。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备不发送随机接入前导和/或执行提前上行同步。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，执行传统条件切换(CHO)，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.4。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，执行基于随机接入的(RACH-based)LTM小区切换。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，当候选小区被配置终端设备测量时间提前且终端设备有测量的候选小区时间提前，则执行免随机接入的(RACH-less)LTM小区切换，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.5。
可选地，时间提前在有效的时间内和/或依据配置调度执行免随机接入LTM切换。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备自主决定要执行传统条件切换和/或LTM小区切换的小区。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，启动调度计时器。
可选地，候选小区(第二网络设备)响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区(第一网络设备)发送响应信息。
可选地，响应信息通过以下至少一种信令传递：
中心单元-分布单元时间提前信息传递(CU-DU TAINFORMATION TRANSFER)；
分布单元-中心单元时间提前信息传递(DU-CU TAINFORMATION TRANSFER)；
切换成功(HANDOVER SUCCESS)信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令。
可选地，当所述切换为相同(Intra)分布单元(DU，Distributed Unit)LTM小区切换，则不需发送随机接入响应信息。
可选地，当所述切换为不同(Inter)分布单元(DU，Distributed Unit)LTM小区切换，则源分布单元发送分布单元-中心单元时间提前信息传递给中心单元，中心单元再发送中心单元-分布单元时间提前信息传递给目标分布单元。
可选地，当所述切换为不同中心单元(Inter-CU)LTM小区切换，则源中心单元发送切换成功信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令给目标中心单元。
可选地，响应信息包括：时间提前(TA，Timing Advance)和/或调度信息(UL Grant)。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送响应信息，所述响应信息响应终端设备对目标小区发送的随机接入前导。
可选地，响应信息包括随机接入响应、LTM切换命令以及MAC信令中的至少一项。
可选地，MAC信令通过MAC subheader和/或MAC CE组成。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送的响应信息携带时间提前和/或调度信息。
可选地，响应信息包括提前数据转发指示。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，发送提前数据转发信令反馈给候选小区，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER，或是通过其他现有基站间交互信令转发，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，源小区依据响应信息中的提前数据转发指示，执行提前数据转发。由此方法使得源小区通过候选小区发送的响应信息获知终端设备已进入该候选小区的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程。
可选地，源小区发送第三指示信息和/或提前数据转发。
可选地，第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：
中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知(CU-DU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知(DU-CU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST)信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令。
可选地，当所述切换为相同(Intra)分布单元(DU，DistributedUnit)LTM小区切换，则不需发送第三指示信息。
可选地，当所述切换为不同(Inter)分布单元(DU，Distributed Unit)LTM小区切换，则源分布单元发送分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知给中心单元，中心单元再发送中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知给目标分布单元。
可选地，当所述切换为不同中心单元(Inter-CU)LTM小区切换，则源中心单元发送切换请求信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令给目标中心单元。
可选地，第三指示信息携带候选小区标识、发送配置指示(TCI，Transmission Configuration Indicator)状态标识以及条件切换指示中的至少一项。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，终端设备先对候选小区发送随机接入前导后在收到响应信息之前，至少一个后续小区满足条件执行条件，则执行传统条件切换、基于随机接入的LTM小区切换以及基于免随机接入的LTM小区切换中的至少一项，切换至候选小区，具体方法可参照前述步骤。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备在执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至候选小区。
可选地，条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，终端设备接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，则将目标小区视为服务小区和/或触发条件LTM切换。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区触发条件LTM切换且终端设备有候选小区时间提前、应用时间提前和/或启动时间提前计时器中的至少一项。
可选地，动态调度信息通过物理下行控制信道接收和/或通过小区无线网路临时识别(C-RNTI)加扰(Scrambled)。
可选地，目标小区依据第三指示信息发送下行控制信息和/或执行动态调度。
可选地，目标小区依据发送配置指示指状态标识(TCI State Indication)和/或候选小区标识确定动态调度波束。
可选地，目标小区发送动态调度信息，包括：通过下行控制信息执行动态调度(DG，Dynamic Grant)。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，且调度计时器仍在运行中或调度计时器未超时，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息，由此可以通过确定动态调度仍在有效时间内，加速终端设备LTM切换执行判断和/或减少网络资源浪费。
可选地，终端设备依据动态调度发送切换完成信息。
可选地，切换完成信息包括无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，且调度计时器仍不在运行中或调度计时器已超时，执行基于随机接入条件LTM切换，由此可以通过终端设备和/或源小区辅助，使得目标小区获知将有终端设备即将接入并发送动态调度信息和/或减少信令开销。
可选地，如果条件切换为免随机接入，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备向第二网络设备发送随机接入前导，使第二网络设备确定或生成响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，进而使第一网络设备根据响应信息执行提前数据转发和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过提前与候选小区执行上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延，和/或，使源小区通过候选小区发送的响应信息获知终端设备已进入该候选小区的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过确定动态调度仍在有效时间内，加速终端设备LTM切换执行判断和/或减少网络资源浪费。
第八实施例
参照图10，图10为根据第八实施例示出的交互流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体公开了基于测量报告执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程的方法。
可选地，终端设备上报测量报告(MR，Measurement Report)，可选地，测量报告为层三(L3，Layer3)测量报告。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)获取至少一个候选小区(第二网络设备)的预配置信息(LTM-Candidate)，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置(ltm-condCandidateConfig)。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件(Conditional Execution condition)配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换配置还包括：终端设备测量时间提前配置，例如：服务小区终端设备测量时间提前标识(ServingCellUE-MeasuredTA-ID)和/或终端设备测量时间提前标识(UE-MeasuredTA-ID)。
可选地，终端设备测量时间提前配置用于供终端设备判断是否执行终端设备测量时间提前。
可选地，终端测量时间提前用于测量候选小区时间提前。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件(Event)和/或测量阈值(Threshold)。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置包括LTM测量事件。
可选地，LTM测量事件包括以下至少一项：
Event LTM2：服务小区波束低于门限值；
Event LTM3：候选小区波束加上偏移值后优于服务小区；
Event LTM4：候选小区波束高于门限值；
Event LTM5：服务小区波束低于第一门限值且候选小区波束高于第二门限值。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围或满足阈值。
可选地，所述测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例 中对此不予限定。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，所述测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，还包括目标小区测量结果和/或加上特定偏移值后高于服务小区测量结果，例如：目标小区信号强度测量结果加上信号强度偏移值后大于服务小区信号强度测量结果、目标小区信号质量测量结果加上信号质量偏移值后大于服务小区信号质量测量结果、目标小区信噪比测量结果加上信噪比偏移值后大于服务小区信噪比测量结果。
可选地，条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置(CSI-MeasConfig)和/或测量配置(MeasConfig)。
可选地，参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识(PCI，Physical Cell Identity)、上报资源以及服务小区标识(Serving Cell Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，测量配置包括测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置中的至少一项。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区的测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，所述测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度(RSRP)、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比(SINR)中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置(EarlyUL-SyncConfig)、配置调度配置(ConfiguredGrantConfig)、候选小区完整配置指示(ltm-ConfigComplete)以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置(LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig)和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置(LTM-CSI-ReportConfig)。
可选地，所述配置调度配置还关联波束信息(TCI-State)。
可选地，所述配置调调度配置包括：配置调度类型1(CG Type 1)。
可选地，所述候选小区包括传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识(condReconfigID)、LTM候选标识(LTM-Ca ndidateId)以及LTM条件候选标识(LTM-condCa ndidateId)中的至少一项。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报，具体可参考现有技术，例如：协议TS 38.331，5.5.4章节。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)给源小区。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还可用于网络设备执行提前数据转发，因此，也可以称为提前数据转发测量配置，具体可参考前述实施例中的方法，此处不再赘述。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过第一网络设备发送预配置信息至终端设备，引入新的测量事件和/或增强现有测量事件，用于判断候选小区是否进入测量上报范围，当存在至少一个候选小区进入上报范围则执行提前上行同步和/或上报指示信息，以使第一网络设备确定终端设备即将切换的第二网络设备，进而执行提前数据转发和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以使提前数据转发方法可以适用于多种切换场景，提高了提前数据转发方法的适用性，和/或，有助于减少切换过程中的数据传输时延；和/或，减少动态调度资源浪费。
第九实施例
在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了基于测量报告执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程的方法。
可选地，终端设备上报指示信息。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备发送指示信息给服务小区。
可选地，指示信息携带和/或隐含目标小区信息，例如：满足测量事件的候选小区和/或测量结果。
可选地，当存在至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备自主决定指示信息携带的目标小区信息和/或所有满足条件切换测量配置的候选小区信息。
可选地，指示信息可以为测量报告，所述测量报告为层一测量报告(L1 Measurement Report)和/或层三测量报告。
可选择，指示信息用于指示源小区执行提前数据转发和/或指示目标小区执行动态调度。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备不发送指示信息。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备执行传统条件切换(CHO)，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.4。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备执行基于随机接入的(RACH-based)LTM小区切换。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，候选小区被配置终端测量时间提前且终端有测量的候选小区时间提前以及被配置候选小区配置调度，则终端设备执行免随机接入的(RACH-less)LTM小区切换，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.5。
可选地，源小区发送第四指示信息和/或提前数据转发。
可选地，第四指示信息包括以下至少一项：
中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知(CU-DU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知(DU-CU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST)信令和/或其他现有Xn接口交互信令。
可选地，当所述切换为相同(Intra)分布单元(DU，Distributed Unit)LTM小区切换，则不需发送第四指示信息。
可选地，当所述切换为不同(Inter)分布单元(DU，Distributed Unit)LTM小区切换，则源分布单元发送分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知给中心单元，中心单元再发送中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知给目标分布单元。
可选地，当所述切换为不同中心单元(Inter-CU)LTM小区切换，则源中心单元发送切换请求信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令给目标中心单元。
可选地，第四指示信息携带候选小区标识、发送配置指示指(TCI，Transmission Configuration Indicator)状态标识以及条件切换指示中的至少一项。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，存在候选小区测量结果同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备先对候选小区发送随机接入前导后在收到响应信息之前，至少一个后续小区满足条件执行条件，则执行传统条件切换、基于随机接入的LTM小区切换以及基于免随机接入的LTM小区切换中的至少一项，切换至候选小区，具体方法可参照前述步骤。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备在执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至候选小区。
可选地，条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，终端设备接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，则将目标小区视为服务小区和/或触发条件LTM切换。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区触发条件LTM切换且终端设备有候选小区时间提前、应用时间提前和/或启动时间提前计时器中的至少一项。
可选地，动态调度信息通过物理下行控制信道接收和/或通过小区无线网路临时识别(C-RNTI)加扰(Scrambled)。
可选地，目标小区依据第三指示信息发送下行控制信息和/或执行动态调度。
可选地，目标小区依据发送配置指示指状态标识和/或候选小区标识确定动态调度波束。
可选地，目标小区发送动态调度信息，包括：通过下行控制信息执行动态调度(DG，Dynamic Grant)。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，且调度计时器仍在运行中或调度计时器未超时，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息，由此可以通过确定动态调度仍在有效时间内，加速终端设备LTM切换执行判断和/或减少网络资源浪费。
可选地，终端设备依据动态调度信息和/或终端设备测量时间提前发送切换完成信息。
可选地，切换完成信息包括无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，终端设备测量时间提前为终端设备依据终端设备测量时间提前配置测量候选小区时间提前值。
可选地，终端设备依据测量的时间提前值并应用时间提前值执行免随机接入。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备向第一网络设备发送测量报告，使第一网络设备根据测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，进而使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息执行提前数据转发和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以执行提前数据转发流程，从而减少因切换导致的中断时延；和/或，通过执行动态调度减少网络资源的浪费。
第十实施例
参照图11，图11为根据第十实施例示出的交互流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了前述实施例中的处理方法，具体进一步公开了执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程的另一种方法。
可选地，终端设备上报测量报告(MR，Measurement Report)。
可选地，测量报告为层三(L3，Layer3)测量报告。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)获取至少一个候选小区(第二网络设备)的预配置信息(LTM-Candidate)，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置(ltm-condCandidaeConfig)。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件(Conditional Execution condition)配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件(Event)和/或测量阈值(Threshold)。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置包括LTM测量事件。
可选地，LTM测量事件包括以下至少一项：
Event LTM2：服务小区波束低于门限值；
Event LTM3：候选小区波束加上偏移值后优于服务小区；
Event LTM4：候选小区波束高于门限值；
Event LTM5：服务小区波束低于第一门限值且候选小区波束高于第二门限值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置由源基站配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置用于执行提前上行同步和/或动态调度。
可选地，在相同分布单元(Intra-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为服务小区，第二网络设备为候选小区。
可选地，在不同分布单元(Inter-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一分布单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二分布单元中的候选小区。
可选地，在不同中心单元(Inter-CU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一中心单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二中心单元中的候选小区。
可选地，NR系统分布单元依据中心单元架构可参考协议TS 38.401，6.1.1。
可选地，LTM包含至少一个候选小区。
可选地，条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件配置还包括调度时长。
可选地，调度时长用于确认接收动态调度时间。
可选地，调度时长通过调度计时器和/或调度时间窗触发。
可选地，条件切换配置还包括提前上行同步指示，例如：EarlyUL-SyncInd。
可选地，提前上行同步指示用于确认是否执行提前上行同步。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围或满足阈值。
可选地，测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，还包括目标小区测量结果和/或加上特定偏移值后高于服务小区测量结果，例如：目标小区信号强度测量结果加上信号强度偏移值后大于服务小区信号强度测量结果、目标小区信号质量测量结果加上信号质量偏移值后大于服务小区信号质量测量结果、目标小区信噪比测量结果加上信噪比偏移值后大于服务小区信噪比测量结果。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还用于提供源小区执行提前数据转发判断。
可选地，条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置(CSI-MeasConfig)和/或测量配置(MeasConfig)。
可选地，参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识(PCI，Physical Cell Identity)、上报资源以及服务小区标识(Serving Cell Identity)中的至少一项；所述测量配置包括：测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置等。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区的测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度(RSRP)、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比(SINR)中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置(EarlyUL-SyncConfig)、配置调度配置(ConfiguredGrantConfig)、候选小区完整配置指示(ltm-ConfigComplete)以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置(LTM-CSI-ResourceConfig)和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置(LTM-CSI-ReportConfig)。
可选地，配置调度配置还关联波束信息(TCI-State)。
可选地，配置调度配置包括：配置调度类型1(CG Type 1)。
可选地，候选小区包括传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识(condReconfigID)、LTM候选标识(LTM-Ca ndidateId)以及LTM条件候选标识(LTM-condCandidateId)中的至少一项。
可选地，条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报，具体可参考现有技术，例如：协议TS 38.331，5.5.4章节。
可选地，源小区(第一网络设备)通过RRC重配信令发送至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)给源小区。
可选地，终端设备依据候选小区条件切换配置执行提前上行同步，例如：所有配置的候选小区执行上行同步、除了配置有终端设备测量时间提前的候选小区执行提前上行同步。
可选地，终端设备依据候选小区条件切换配置和/或提前上行同步指示对至少一个候选小区发送随机接入前导，例如：
当候选小区配置提前上行同步配置，则依据提前上行同步配置对相应候选小区发送随机接入前导。
当候选小区配置提前上行同步指示，则对相应候选小区发送随机接入前导。
当候选小区配置提前上行同步指示，则依据相应候选小区提前上行同步配置对相应候选小区发送随机接入前导。
可选地，候选小区响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区发送响应信息。
可选地，至少一个候选小区向源小区发送响应信息。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送响应信息。
可选地，响应信息响应终端设备对至少一个候选小区发送的随机接入前导。
可选地，响应信息携带至少一个候选小区时间提前信息。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备根据测量条件评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置和/或条件执行条件。
可选地，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件。
可选地，候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件，例如Event LTM4。
可选地，服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件，例如Event LTM5。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，终端设备上报指示信息。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备发送指示信息给服务小区。
可选地，指示信息携带和/或隐含目标小区信息，例如：满足测量事件的候选小区和/或测量结果。
可选地，当存在至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，终端设备自主决定指示信息携带的目标小区信息和/或所有满足条件切换测量配置的候选小区信息。
可选地，指示信息为测量报告，所述测量报告为层一测量报告(L1 Measurement Report)和/或层三测量报告。
可选择，指示信息用于指示源小区执行提前数据转发和/或指示目标小区执行动态调度。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备不发送指示信息。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备执行传统条件切换(CHO)，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.4。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，终端设备执行基于随机接入的(RACH-based)LTM小区切换。
可选地，当候选小区满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件，候选小区被配置终端测量时间提前且终端有测量的候选小区时间提前以及被配置候选小区配置调度，则终端设备执行免随机接入的(RACH-less)LTM小区切换，具体参考协议TS 38.300，9.2.3.5。
可选地，源小区发送第四指示信息和/或提前数据转发。
可选地，第四指示信息包括以下至少一项：
中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知(CU-DU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知(DU-CU CELL SWITCH NOTIFICATION)；
切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST)信令和/或其他现有Xn接口交互信令。
可选地，当所述切换为相同(Intra)分布单元(DU，DistributedUnit)LTM小区切换，则不需发送第四指示信息。
可选地，当所述切换为不同(Inter)分布单元(DU，DistributedUnit)LTM小区切换，则源分布单元发送分布单元-中心单元小区切换通知给中心单元，中心单元再发送中心单元-分布单元小区切换通知给目标分布单元。
可选地，当所述切换为不同中心单元(Inter-CU)LTM小区切换，则源中心单元发送切换请求信令和/或其他现有基站间Xn接口交互信令给目标中心单元。
可选地，第四指示信息携带候选小区标识、发送配置指示指(TCI，Transmission Configuration Indicator)状态标识以及条件切换指示中的至少一项。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，存在候选小区测量结果同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备先对候选小区发送随机接入前导后在收到响应信息之前，至少一个后续小区满足条件执行条件，则执行传统条件切换、基于随机接入的LTM小区切换以及基于免随机接入的LTM小区切换中的至少一项，切换至候选小区，具体方法可参照前述步骤。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备在执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至候选小区。
可选地，条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，终端设备接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区满足条件执行条件，则将目标小区视为服务小区和/或触发条件LTM切换。
可选地，当至少一个目标小区触发条件LTM切换且终端设备有候选小区时间提前、应用时间提前和/或启动时间提前计时器中的至少一项。
可选地，动态调度信息通过物理下行控制信道接收和/或通过小区无线网路临时识别(C-RNTI)加扰(Scrambled)。
可选地，目标小区依据第三指示信息发送下行控制信息和/或执行动态调度。
可选地，目标小区依据发送配置指示指状态标识和/或候选小区标识确定动态调度波束。
可选地，目标小区发送动态调度信息，包括：通过下行控制信息执行动态调度(DG，Dynamic Grant)。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，且调度计时器仍在运行中或调度计时器未超时，接收目标小区发送的动态调度信息，由此可以通过确定动态调度仍在有效时间内，加速终端设备LTM切换执行判断和/或减少网络资源浪费。
可选地，终端设备依据动态调度信息和/或终端设备测量时间提前发送切换完成信息。
可选地，切换完成信息包括无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，终端设备测量时间提前为终端设备依据终端设备测量时间提前配置测量候选小区时间提前值。
可选地，终端设备依据测量的时间提前值并应用时间提前值执行免随机接入。
可选地，条件切换测量配置还可用于网络设备执行提前数据转发，因此，也可以称为提前数据转发测量配置，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备向第一网络设备发送测量报告，使第一网络设备根据测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，进而使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息执行提前数据转发和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以执行提前数据转发流程，从而减少因切换导致的中断时延；和/或，通过执行动态调度减少网络资源的浪费。
第十一实施例
参照图12，图12为根据第十一实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图，处理方法可应用于终端设备(如：手机)，包括以下步骤：
S1：发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第二指示信息包括随机接入前导和/或测量报告。
可选地，所述网络设备包括第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。
可选地，所述第一网络设备包含源小区。
可选地，所述第二网络设备包含候选小区。
可选地，源小区获取至少一个候选小区的预配置信息，包括：候选小区的条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置。
可选地，预配置信息用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置可以是条件重配，用于条件切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置可以是条件LTM重配，用于条件LTM切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件切换测量配置可独立通过RRC重配信令发送和/或配置，例如：不包含于条件切换配置内。
可选地，提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件(Event)和/或测量阈值(Threshold)。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围和/或满足阈值。
可选地，所述测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，所述新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，所述测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，所述新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，还可以包括：目标小区信号强度加上信号强度补偿值大于服务小区信号强度、目标小区信号质量加上信号质量补偿值大于服务小区信号质量、目标小区信噪比加上信噪比补偿值大于服务小区信噪比。
可选地，所述条件切换测量配置还用于提供源小区执行提前数据转发判断。
可选地，所述条件切换测量配置还用于触发动态调度流程。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置和/或测量配置。
可选地，所述参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识、上报资源以及服务小区标识中的至少一项；所述测量配置包括：测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置等。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，所述测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置，例如：测量事件其进入条件为：邻小区测量结果加上特定补偿值并大于阈值；测量事件其离开条件为：邻小区测量结果加上特定补偿值并小于阈值，可选地，条件切换测量配 置中的补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的补偿值。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，所述测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置、配置调度配置、候选小区完整配置指示以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置。
可选地，所述配置调度配置还关联波束信息。
可选地，所述配置调调度配置包括：配置调度类型1。
可选地，所述候选小区为传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识、LTM候选标识以及LTM条件候选标识中的至少一项。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报。
可选地，由源小区通过RRC重配信令发送至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，所述候选小区条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换，例如：在完成条件切换和/或条件LTM切换后不释放条件切换配置。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成给源小区。
可选地，触发发送第二指示信息的条件为：满足测量条件。
可选地，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值、目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值、目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备发送第二指示信息，网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制。
第十二实施例
参照图13，图13为根据第十二实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图，在上述任一实施例的基础上，本实施例进一步公开了步骤S1，具体步骤包括以下至少一项：
S11：发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息执行提前数据转发；
S12：发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告执行提前数据转发；
S13：发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息；
S14：发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息。
可选地，响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息、时间提前信息及调度信息中的至少一项。
可选地，测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项。
可选地，对于步骤S11，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则对候选小区发送随机接入前导，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过提前与候选小区执行上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延。
可选地，候选小区(第二网络设备)响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区(第一网络设备)发送响应信息。
可选地，在相同分布单元(Intra-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为服务小区，第二网络设备为候选小区。
可选地，在不同分布单元(Inter-DU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一分布单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二分布单元中的候选小区。
可选地，在不同中心单元(Inter-CU)场景，第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区，例如：第一网络设备为第一中心单元中的服务小区，第二网络设备为第二中心单元中的候选小区。
可选地，响应信息包括：时间提前(TA，Timing Advance)和/或调度信息(UL Grant)。
可选地，源小区向终端设备发送响应信息，所述响应信息响应终端设备对目标小区发送的随机接入前导。
可选地，所述响应信息包括：随机接入响应、LTM切换命令以及MAC信令中的至少一项。
可选地，所述MAC信令通过MAC subheader和/或MAC CE组成。
可选地，所述响应信息携带：时间提前和/或调度信息。
可选地，所述响应信息包括提前数据转发指示。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，发送提前数据转发信令反馈给候选小区，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，发送第三指示信息至候选小区，候选小区根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及现有基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，所述提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER。
可选地，源小区依据响应信息中的提前数据转发指示，执行提前数据转发，由此使源小区通过候选小区发送的响应信息获知终端设备已进入该候选小区的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程，例如：若提前数据转发指示为“1”则表示执行提前数据转发；和/或，若提前数据转发指示为“0”则表示不执行提前数据转发。
可选地，源小区还可依据自己的算法确定是否需要执行提前数据转发，例如：候选小区的响应信息中没有携带提前数据转发指示，源小区自主决定是否执行提前数据转发。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至候选小区。
可选地，所述条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度并视为条件切换完成。
可选地，对于步骤S12，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则上报测量报告。
可选地，所述测量报告为层一(L1，Layer 1)测量报告和/或层三测量报告。
可选地，所述测量报告包括指示信息，用于指示源小区执行提前数据转发。
可选地，所述上报指示信息还可以是当前服务小区测量结果满足测量上报，可选地，测量上报携带候选小区测量结果，例如：服务小区周期性测量上报过程中，携带候选小区测量结果。
可选地，服务小区测量结果携带候选小区测量结果还包括：当后续小区满足测量事件，上报指示信息携带候选小区测量结果，例如：服务小区满足测量事件A3且候选小区满足事件A7，则测量上报携带候选小区测量结果。
可选地，所述指示信息还可以是通过以下至少一种方式：RRC信令，例如：RRC重配完成；和/或，MAC信令，例如：MAC subheader、MAC CE以及UCI等，本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，所述RRC信令、MAC信令以及UCI中的至少一项携带提前数据转发指示信息。
可选地，终端设备还可以提前执行上行同步流程。
可选地，源小区依据终端设备发送的指示信息对候选小区发起提前数据转发流程，例如：若提前数据转发指示为“1”，则表示执行提前数据转发；和/或，若提前数据转发指示为“0”，则表示不执行提前数据转发。
可选地，源小区对候选小区发送起提前数据转发信令。
可选地，所述提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER。
可选地，源小区还可以依据终端设备上报的测量结果确定要执行提前数据转发的候选小区，例如：源小区根据候选小区测量结果判断候选小区是否进入上报范围，当候选小区进入上报范围，则对该候选小区执行提前数据转发。
可选地，源小区还可以依据终端设备上报的测量结果确定要执行动态调度的候选小区，发送第四指示信息至候选小区，候选小区根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的动态调度信息。
可选地，动态调动信息用于指示无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送。
可选地，动态调动信息根据动态调度时长和/或调度触发时长接收。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对候选小区发起条件切换流程。
可选地，所述条件切换流程包括：随机接入流程和/或免随机接入流程。
可选地，所述随机接入流程包括：2步随机接入(2-Step Random Access)、4步随机接入(4-Step Random Access)。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区同时满足条件切换测量配置和条件执行条件配置，在对源小区发送提前数据转发指示信息后随即对候选小区发起随机接入流程。
可选地，当目标小区与服务小区由相同时间提前(TA)和/或时间提前值为零，则执行免随机接入。
可选地，所述条件切换流程还包括：LTM条件切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据。
可选地，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度并视为条件切换完成。
可选地，终端设备切换至目标小区后，还可以将条件切换配置用于连续切换，即用于继续评估其它候选小区，使当前服务小区获知终端设备即将切换的下一候选小区，并执行提前数据转发流程。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过终端设备发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延，和/或，节省网络资源。
第十三实施例
参照图14，图14为根据第十三实施例示出的处理方法的流程示意图，处理方法可应用于第二网络设备(如：基站)，包括以下步骤：
S3：接收第一网络设备基于第一指示信息发送的提前转发数据、第三指示信息以及第四指示信息中的至少一项，所述第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息用于执行动态调度。
可选地，所述第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
可选地，第二网络设备发送预配置信息至第一网络设备。
可选地，第二网络设备包含于候选小区。
可选地，第一网络设备包含于源小区。
可选地，第一网络设备获取第二网络设备的预配置信息，包括：条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换配置可以是条件重配，用于条件切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置可以是条件LTM重配，用于条件LTM切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件切换测量配置可独立通过RRC重配信令发送和/或配置，例如：不包含于条件切换配置内。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括：测量事件和/或测量阈值。
可选地，测量事件和/或测量阈值用于判断测量小区是否进入服务范围，即测量结果进入预定范围或满足阈值。
可选地，所述测量事件为新的测量事件，例如：Event A7，或是现有测量事件，例如：Event A3/A4。本申请实施例中对此不予限定。
可选地，所述新的测量事件用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值。
可选地，所述测量阈值包括：进入范围阈值，所述进入范围阈值用于表示目标小区测量结果进入预设范围，例如：目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，所述条件切换测量配置还用于提供源小区执行提前数据转发判断。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置包括测量配置，包括：参考信号测量配置和/或测量配置。
可选地，所述参考信号测量配置包括：测量资源、测量载波、物理小区标识、上报资源以及服务小区标识中的至少 一项；所述测量配置包括：测量事件、测量载波以及上报配置等。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，所述测量事件包括条件切换测量事件。
可选地，条件切换测量配置的设置条件比条件执行条件配置宽松，例如：
条件切换测量配置中的测量事件，邻小区测量特定补偿值大于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
条件切换测量配置中的测量阈值小于条件执行条件配置中的测量事件对邻小区测量特定补偿值，因此，测量邻小区测量结果优先满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，所述测量事件或是测量阈值可以是信号强度、信号质量(RSRQ)以及信噪比中的至少一项。
可选地，候选小区条件切换配置信息还包括：提前上行同步配置、配置调度配置、候选小区完整配置指示以及新终端无线临时标识(newUE-Identity)中的至少一项。
可选地，层一测量配置包括：LTM信道状态信息资源配置和/或LTM信道状态信息报告配置。
可选地，所述配置调度配置还关联波束信息。
可选地，所述配置调调度配置包括：配置调度类型1。
可选地，所述候选小区为传统R17版本及其以前的版本中的小区和/或LTM小区。
可选地，候选小区配置信息通过标识进行区分，例如：条件切换配置标识、LTM候选标识以及LTM条件候选标识中的至少一项。
可选地，所述条件执行条件配置和/或条件切换测量配置还适用于服务小区，例如，服务小区满足测量事件A2和/或事件A5和/或周期性上报。
可选地，由第一网络设备通过RRC重配信令发送第二网络设备的条件切换配置信息。
可选地，终端设备接收到第二网络设备的条件切换配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，所述条件切换配置信息为预配置信息并用于连续切换。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成给源小区。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估第二网络设备是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量事件参数和/或测量结果是否大于阈值，例如：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件Event A7，和/或，候选小区测量结果满足测量阈值。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件，例如：依据候选小区测量结果判断是否满足测量配置，包括：候选小区测量结果满足测量事件。
可选地，终端设备评估至少一个候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置，例如：至少一个候选小区测量结果满足以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度进入范围阈值、目标小区信号质量大于信号质量进入范围阈值、目标小区信噪比大于信噪比进入范围阈值。
可选地，终端设备响应于满足测量条件，发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备。
可选地，第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息。
可选地，第二网络设备将确定或生成的响应信息发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息执行提前数据转发。
可选地，响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息、时间提前信息及调度信息中的至少一项。
可选地，当终端设备基于预配置信息完成对候选小区的评估后，若至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，则对候选小区发送随机接入前导，由终端设备直接向候选小区发送随机接入前导，可以表示终端设备已进入候选小区的范围并可以准备提前数据转发流程；和/或，通过提前与候选小区执行上行同步，可以减少因切换导致的中断时延。
可选地，所述响应信息包括：随机接入响应、LTM切换命令以及MAC信令中的至少一项。
可选地，所述MAC信令通过MAC subheader和/或MAC CE组成。
可选地，所述响应信息携带：时间提前和/或调度信息。
可选地，所述响应信息包括提前数据转发指示。
可选地，第一网络设备接收候选小区发送的响应信息，发送提前数据转发信令反馈给第二网络设备，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，所述提前数据转发信令包括：EARLY STATUS TRANSFER和/或SN STATUS TRANSFER。
可选地，第一网络设备依据响应信息中的提前数据转发指示，执行提前数据转发，由此使第一网络设备通过第二网络设备发送的响应信息获知终端设备已进入第二网络设备的范围，从而可以执行提前数据转发流程。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置，可选地，终端设备通过评估候选小区测量结果是否满足测量事件确定是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件。
可选地，当第二网络设备满足条件执行条件配置，终端设备对第二网络设备发起条件切换流程流程。
可选地，终端设备在执行条件切换后发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至第二网络设备。
可选地，所述条件切换流程为免随机接入条件切换和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换。
可选地，如条件切换为免随机接入，第二网络设备发送新的下行数据调度，终端设备接收新的下行数据调度并视为条件切换完成。
可选地，终端设备切换至第二网络设备后，还可以将条件切换配置用于连续切换，即用于继续评估其它候选小区，使第二网络设备获知终端设备即将切换的下一候选小区，并执行提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置可以是条件重配(Conditional Reconfiguration)，用于条件切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件LTM切换配置可以是条件LTM重配(Conditional LTM Reconfiguration)，用于条件LTM切换和/或触发提前数据转发流程。
可选地，条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换。
可选地，条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值。
可选地，条件切换测量配置用于触发第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息。
可选地，第三指示信息由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成。
可选地，响应信息由第二网络设备根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导确定或生成。
可选地，响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息。
可选地，第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，第四指示信息由第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成。
可选地，测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项。
可选地，第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，第二网络设备根据第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送。
可选地，提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，第一网络设备通过RRC重配(RRCReconfiguration)信令发送至少一个候选小区的预配置信息。
可选地，条件切换测量配置可独立通过RRC重配信令发送和/或配置，例如：不包含于条件切换配置内。
可选地，终端设备接收到至少一个候选小区预配置信息则本地保存。
可选地，所述预配置信息还可以用于连续切换(Subsequent handover)和/或连续小区切换。
可选地，终端设备依据条件切换测量配置执行测量，得到测量结果。
可选地，终端设备依据测量结果评估候选小区是否满足条件切换测量配置。
可选地，终端设备同步评估测量结果是否满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，终端设备通过测量提前识别出条件切换候选小区后，可以通过与候选小区执行提前上行同步，使源小区确定需要执行提前数据转发的候选小区。
可选地，终端设备通过测量提前识别出条件切换候选小区后，还可以通过指示信息辅助源小区确定需要执行提前数据转发的候选小区，即终端设备通过指示信息辅助第一网络设备确定需要执行提前数据转发的第二网络设备。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，可以由终端设备对候选小区发送随机接入前导。
可选地，候选小区响应终端设备发送的随机接入前导，向源小区发送响应信息，例如；HANDOVER REQUEST ACKONWLEDGE或是其他基站间Xn接口交互信令，本申请不予以限定。
可选地，源小区接收候选小区发送的响应信息，将提前数据转发信令反馈至候选小区，执行提前数据转发。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件切换测量配置，还可以由终端设备上报测量报告至源小区。
可选地，源小区依据终端设备发送的测量报告对候选小区发起提前数据转发流程，例如：测量报告中呈现候选小区进入测量上报范围。
可选地，第一网络设备可以通过响应信息和/或测量报告确定需要执行提前数据转发的第二网络设备。
可选地，终端设备持续评估是否存在候选小区满足条件执行条件配置。
可选地，当至少一个候选小区满足条件执行条件，终端对候选小区发起条件切换流程。
可选地，终端设备发送RRC重配完成信令和/或首个上行数据至第二网络设备。
可选地，终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的新的下行数据调度，确定切换完成。
可选地，新的下行数据通过提前数据转发获得。
通过本实施例技术方案，具体通过第二网络设备接收第一网络设备基于第一指示信息发送的提前转发数据、第三指示信息以及第四指示信息中的至少一项，所述第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息用于执行动态调度，完善了免随机接入条件切换的机制和/或免随机接入条件LTM切换的机制，通过引入新的测量事件和/或增强现有测量事件，用以判断第二网络设备是否进入测量上报范围，当第二网络设备进入上报范围，则由终端设备向第二网络设备发送随机接入前导，执行提前上行同步，并使第二网络设备确定或生成响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，以执行提前数据转发；和/或，根据接收的第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息执行动态调度，可以节省动态调度资源。
第十四实施例
请参见图15，图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一，该装置可搭载在或就是上述方法实施例中的第一网络设备。图15所示的处理装置可以用于执行上述实施例所描述的方法实施例中的部分或全部功能。如图15所示，该处理装置1100包括：
处理模块1101，用于基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
接收第二网络设备发送的预配置信息；
发送预配置信息至终端设备；
接收第二网络设备发送的响应信息；
接收终端设备发送的测量报告；
基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息由第二网络设备根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导确定或生成；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置与上述对应方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
请参见图16，图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二，该装置可搭载在或就是上述方法实施例中的终端设备。如图16所示，该处理装置1200包括：
发送模块1201，用于发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，第二指示信息包括随机接入前导和/或测量报告；和/或，网络设备包括第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。
可选地，发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程，包括以下至少一项：
发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息执行提前数据转发；
发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息；
发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告执行提前数据转发；
发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
接收第一网络设备发送的预配置信息；
接收第一网络设备发送的响应信息；
响应于满足条件执行条件配置，执行条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
接收第二网络设备发送的动态调度信息；
发送无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据至第二网络设备。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息、时间提前信息及调度信息中的至少一项；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
动态调度信息依据动态调度时长接收；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
可选地，触发发送第二指示信息的条件为：满足测量条件。
可选地，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
服务小区与候选小区满足测量事件。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置与上述对应方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
请参见图17，图17为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三，该装置可搭载在或就是上述方法实施例中的第二网络设备。如图17所示，该处理装置1300包括：
接收模块1301，用于接收第一网络设备基于第一指示信息发送的提前转发数据、第三指示信息以及第四指示信息中的至少一项，所述第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息用于执行动态调度。
可选地，所述第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告；和/或，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
发送预配置信息至第一网络设备；
接收随机接入前导；
发送随机接入前导对应的响应信息至第一网络设备；
根据第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
接收无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
第三指示信息由第二网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成并发送；
第四指示信息由第二网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成并发送；
动态调度信息用于指示重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
动态调度信息依据动态调度时长发送；
预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项；
第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间Xn接口交互信令中的至少一项。
可选地，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
可选地，所述装置还包括以下至少一项：
条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置与上述对应方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进 行赘述。
参阅图18，图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。如图18所示，本实施例所述的通信设备160可以是前述方法实施例中提到的终端设备(或者可用于终端设备的部件)或者网络设备(或者可用于网络设备的部件)。通信设备160可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法，具体参见上述方法实施例中的说明。
通信设备160可以包括一个或多个处理器161，该处理器161也可以称为处理单元，可以实现一定的控制或者处理功能。处理器161可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器可以用于对通信设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。
可选地，处理器161也可以存有指令163或者数据(例如中间数据)。可选地，指令163可以被处理器161运行，使得通信设备160执行上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法。
可选地，通信设备160可以包括电路，该电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。
可选地，通信设备160中可以包括一个或多个存储器162，其上可以存有指令164，该指令可在处理器161上被运行，使得通信设备160执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。
可选地，存储器162中也可以是存储有数据。处理器161和存储器162可以单独设置，也可以集成在一起。
可选地，通信设备160还可以包括收发器165和/或天线166。处理器161可以称为处理单元，对通信设备160(终端设备或核心网设备或者无线接入网设备)进行控制。收发器165可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，用于实现通信设备160的收发功能。
可选地，若该通信设备160用于实现对应于上述各实施例中终端设备的操作时，例如，可以由收发器165接收预配置信息；以及，由处理器161响应于满足测量条件，发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
可选地，处理器161和收发器165的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，若该通信设备160用于实现对应于上述各实施例中网络设备的操作时，例如：可以由收发器165接收第一指示信息。
可选地，处理器161和收发器165的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请中描述的处理器161和收发器165可实现在IC(Integrated Circuit，集成电路)、模拟集成电路、RFIC(Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit，射频集成电路)、混合信号集成电路、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路)、PCB(Printed Circuit Board，印刷电路板)、电子设备等上。该处理器161和收发器165也可以用各种集成电路工艺技术来制造，例如CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor，互补金属氧化物半导体)、NMOS(NMetal-Oxide-Semiconductor，N型金属氧化物半导体)、PMOS(Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor，P型金属氧化物半导体)、BJT(Bipolar Junction Transistor，双极结型晶体管)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。
本申请中，通信设备可以为终端设备(如手机)，也可以为网络设备(如基站)，具体需要根据上下文来加以确定，另外，终端设备可以以各种形式来实施。例如，本申请中描述的终端设备可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player，PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等移动终端，以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端设备。
虽然在以上的实施例描述中，通信设备以终端设备或者网络设备为例来描述，但本申请中描述的通信设备的范围并不限于上述终端设备或网络设备，而且通信设备的结构可以不受图18的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，包括：如上任一实施例中的终端设备；以及，如上任一实施例中的网络设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，包括存储器、处理器，存储器上存储有处理程序，处理程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。
本申请中的通信设备，可以是终端设备(如手机)，也可以是第一网络设备或第二网络设备(如基站)，具体所指，需要根据上下文加以明确。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质，存储介质上存储有处理程序，处理程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。
在本申请实施例提供的通信设备和存储介质的实施例中，可以包含任一上述处理方法实施例的全部技术特征，说明书拓展和解释内容与上述方法的各实施例基本相同，在此不再做赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有芯片的设备执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。
可以理解，上述场景仅是作为示例，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的应用场景的限定，本申请的技术方案还可应用于其他场景。例如，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述，不代表实施例的优劣。
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。
本申请实施例设备中的单元可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。
在本申请中，对于相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述，一般只在第一次出现时进行详细描述，后面再重复出现时，为了简洁，一般未再重复阐述，在理解本申请技术方案等内容时，对于在后未详细描述的相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述等，可以参考其之前的相关详细描述。
在本申请中，对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重，某个实施例中没有详述或记载的部分，可以参见其它实施例的相关描述。
本申请技术方案的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合，为使描述简洁，未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述，然而，只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾，都应当认为是本申请记载的范围。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在如上的一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，被控终端设备，或者网络设备等)执行本申请每个实施例的方法。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络，或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在存储介质中，或者从一个存储介质向另一个存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、存储盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)，或者半导体介质(例如固态存储盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例，并非因此限制本申请的专利范围，凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。

Claims (22)

  1. 一种处理方法，其中，所述处理方法应用于第一网络设备，包括步骤：
    S2：基于第一指示信息执行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其中，第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    接收第二网络设备发送的预配置信息；
    发送预配置信息至终端设备；
    接收第二网络设备发送的响应信息；
    接收终端设备发送的测量报告；
    基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
    基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
    响应信息由第二网络设备根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导确定或生成；
    响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
    测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
    动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
    预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
    第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
    第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其中，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
    条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
    条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
    提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
  7. 一种处理方法，其中，所述处理方法应用于终端设备，包括步骤：
    S1：发送第二指示信息，以使网络设备基于第二指示信息进行提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其中，第二指示信息包括随机接入前导和/或测量报告；和/或，网络设备包括第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法，其中，步骤S1，包括以下至少一项：
    发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息执行提前数据转发；
    发送随机接入前导至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备确定或生成随机接入前导对应的响应信息并发送至第一网络设备，由第一网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成第三指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第三指示信息发送动态调度信息；
    发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告执行提前数据转发；
    发送测量报告至第一网络设备，以使第一网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成第四指示信息并发送至第二网络设备，以使第二网络设备根据第四指示信息发送动态调度信息。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    接收第一网络设备发送的预配置信息；
    接收第一网络设备发送的响应信息；
    响应于满足条件执行条件配置，执行条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
    接收第二网络设备发送的动态调度信息；
    发送无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据至第二网络设备。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
    响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息、时间提前信息及调度信息中的至少一项；
    测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
    动态调度信息用于无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
    动态调度信息依据动态调度时长接收；
    预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区：
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
    第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
    第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其中，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
    条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
    条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
    提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
  14. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其中，触发发送第二指示信息的条件为：满足测量条件。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法，其中，满足测量条件，包括以下至少一项：
    目标小区信号强度大于信号强度阈值；
    目标小区信号质量大于信号质量阈值；
    目标小区信噪比大于信噪比阈值；
    目标小区信号强度进入信号强度范围阈值；
    目标小区信号质量进入信号质量范围阈值；
    目标小区信噪比进入信噪比范围阈值；
    候选小区测量结果满足LTM测量事件；
    服务小区与候选小区满足LTM测量事件。
  16. 一种处理方法，其中，所述处理方法应用于第二网络设备，包括步骤：
    S3：接收第一网络设备基于第一指示信息发送的提前转发数据、第三指示信息以及第四指示信息中的至少一项，所述第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息用于执行动态调度。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其中，所述第一指示信息包括响应信息和/或测量报告；和/或，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    发送预配置信息至第一网络设备；
    接收随机接入前导；
    发送随机接入前导对应的响应信息至第一网络设备；
    根据第三指示信息和/或第四指示信息发送动态调度信息至终端设备；
    接收无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    预配置信息包括条件切换配置和/或条件LTM切换配置；
    响应信息包括提前数据转发指示信息和/或时间提前信息；
    测量报告包括服务小区测量结果、候选小区测量结果以及提前数据转发指示信息中的至少一项；
    第三指示信息由第二网络设备基于响应信息确定或生成并发送；
    第四指示信息由第二网络设备基于测量报告确定或生成并发送；
    动态调度信息用于指示无线资源控制重配完成信令和/或上行数据的发送；
    动态调度信息依据动态调度时长发送；
    预配置信息包含随机接入前导的发送指示；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于相同分布单元中的小区；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同分布单元中的小区；
    第一网络设备与第二网络设备属于不同中心单元中的小区；
    第三指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项；
    第四指示信息包括中心单元分布单元小区切换通知、分布单元中心单元小区切换通知、切换请求信令以及基站间交互信令中的至少一项。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其中，条件切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项；和/或，条件LTM切换配置包括条件执行条件配置、条件切换测量配置以及提前上行同步指示中的至少一项。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    条件执行条件配置用于触发条件切换和/或条件LTM切换；
    条件切换测量配置用于触发提前数据转发流程和/或动态调度流程；
    条件切换测量配置包括测量事件和/或测量阈值；
    提前上行同步指示用于指示随机接入前导的发送。
  21. 一种通信设备，其中，包括：存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的处理程序，所述处理程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1或7或16所述的处理方法的步骤。
  22. 一种存储介质，其中，所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1或7或16所述的处理方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2024/107657 2023-10-31 2024-07-25 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质 Pending WO2025007992A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202480063883.2A CN121970433A (zh) 2023-10-31 2024-07-25 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/128726 WO2025091283A1 (zh) 2023-10-31 2023-10-31 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
CNPCT/CN2023/128726 2023-10-31
CNPCT/CN2024/087055 2024-04-10
PCT/CN2024/087055 WO2025050639A1 (zh) 2024-04-10 2024-04-10 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025007992A1 true WO2025007992A1 (zh) 2025-01-09

Family

ID=94171214

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/107657 Pending WO2025007992A1 (zh) 2023-10-31 2024-07-25 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
PCT/CN2024/118573 Pending WO2025008011A1 (zh) 2023-10-31 2024-09-12 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/118573 Pending WO2025008011A1 (zh) 2023-10-31 2024-09-12 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN121970433A (zh)
WO (2) WO2025007992A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025210542A1 (en) * 2024-04-04 2025-10-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Activating and deactivating l1 event triggered configurations at the ue

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114503671A (zh) * 2019-10-02 2022-05-13 三星电子株式会社 用于在无线通信系统中执行切换过程的方法和装置

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022133692A1 (zh) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 状态切换的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN112865943A (zh) * 2021-01-15 2021-05-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种控制信息的传输方法、电子设备和存储介质
KR20230105312A (ko) * 2022-01-03 2023-07-11 주식회사 케이티 이동성 제어 방법 및 장치
WO2024243924A1 (zh) * 2023-05-31 2024-12-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 信息处理方法、设备、装置、系统及存储介质

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114503671A (zh) * 2019-10-02 2022-05-13 三星电子株式会社 用于在无线通信系统中执行切换过程的方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP: "Data Forwarding Options and Interruption Time Document for: Discussion and Decision", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #106, ETRI 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #106, 1 May 2019 (2019-05-01), pages 1 - 7, XP093258294 *
CMCC: "Data forwarding and HO preparation mechanism for CHO", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-192553_DATA FORWARDING AND HO PREPARATION MECHANISM FOR CHO, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 4 May 2019 (2019-05-04), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051712758 *
JIAYING SUN, CATT: "Discussion on other issues for L1/L2 mobility", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-230401; TYPE DISCUSSION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Athens, GR; 20230227 - 20230303, 17 February 2023 (2023-02-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052244246 *
ZTE: "(TP for CPAC BL CR to TS 37.340) Clarification on Early Data Forwarding", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-213214, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Online; 20210816 - 20210826, 6 August 2021 (2021-08-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052043258 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN121942258A (zh) 2026-04-28
CN121970433A (zh) 2026-05-01
WO2025008011A1 (zh) 2025-01-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2025060361A1 (zh) 重传方法、通信设备及存储介质
EP4395409A1 (en) Control method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025035647A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025000544A1 (zh) 无线资源控制恢复方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025007992A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2024164336A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2024082272A1 (zh) 小区群组切换方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025091283A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025051286A2 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
CN116489634B (zh) 业务处理方法、智能终端及存储介质
WO2025050610A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025050639A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2024182940A1 (zh) 控制方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025050685A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025148423A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2024216507A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025098535A2 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025051288A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025011043A1 (zh) 切换方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025098532A2 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及计算机可读存储介质
WO2024168872A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025015570A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2025031078A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及计算机可读存储介质
WO2024229668A1 (zh) 控制方法、通信设备及存储介质
CN121218276A (zh) 测量方法、通信设备及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24835470

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1